The Camelot Journal

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from March 7, 2004:

The question today has to do with change, perhaps even change to the point of self-healing. We are wondering if Q’uo could talk to us about the decision-making process that goes into this type of change. Could you explore the concepts of honor and duty and how discovering what our honor and duty in a certain situation is might help us to make the choices that would lead to this change and perhaps healing ourselves, finding a direction to be of service to others?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo, and we greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we come to you this day. We thank you so much for the privilege, the honor, and the duty of being called to this group this day. It is a blessing to us to be able to serve as we had hoped to and a call from your group is most welcome. We ask, as always, that each of you guard the portals of your discrimination very carefully, listening to the personal resonance that comes with your unique truth and not for any perceived outer authority. If you are able to guard those things that you keep of what we say and those things that you discard, then we will feel far more free to be able to share with you without infringing upon your free will.

The freedom of will has been a sticking point for many in the creation of a satisfying and rewarding spiritual practice. Free will can be a bewildering thing. The chore of determining what one truly wishes to do can be awe-inspiring and mind-boggling, for it is as though one were pulled in different directions by many different opinions and strains of thought in almost every situation. It is not too difficult to imagine the choices of many things: what to eat, what to wear, and so forth. However, there are levels of choice that affect more than just a moment or a day. It is as the choices become more ponderous and seem to carry more weight for the present and the future that the predicament of making what this instrument would call the “right” choice is more and more substantial a challenge.

The one known as B invoked the principle of the honor/duty that the ones of Ra had spoken of before with this group in saying that every honor is a duty and every duty an honor. It was the one known as B’s thought that perhaps when one is attempting to make a truly correct choice for the self, however one wishes to define that word “correct,” that perhaps one would do well to think of what one feels one’s honor would require in a certain situation or what one’s duty might require. It might also and equally be suggested to invoke the principle of unconditional love. Where is the love in a decision? It was the one known as T’s hope that, in making the decision for his own right livelihood, he would be able to find that choice that most truly and deeply opened and revealed his heart, a deep and true center of self. Certainly, when one views the question that you asked and looks at the level of depth that is suggested when one is attempting to make decisions for the healing of one’s self, any and all ways of looking at a situation, feeling into it, sensing the nuances of it, and so forth, are helpful. All resources are helpful when approaching a decision that has the capacity to affect one’s path not just in this next day or next week, but in the rest of the incarnation to come.

We would perhaps start with that of which the one known as D was speaking, in terms of his own process, of his discovery that in the very pain of the dramatically and unconsciously lived life, where events seem to overtake one and toss one about with tremendous force and seeming carelessness, there is an aspect to this suffering that is attractive and that actually can begin to create the impression that it is this pain that is actually a sign of life and that, when the pain, or the critical, or difficult nature of the situation eases, the meaning of life has somehow been taken away from one and that, somehow, that meaning must be sought again, even though that meaning is a meaning that is felt in suffering and pain. This entity was discussing a way of looking at one’s relationship with others that is called “co-dependant.”

We would suggest that, if one may take a step back from a specific co-dependency or addiction that is specifically geared to one person, one may perhaps see that in each incarnational pattern there is that tendency to divide the self into the good self and the bad self, the light self, and the dark self, the peaceful self and the disturbed self, and so forth, creating out of a universal and infinitely graded being with no seam or rip in the make-up of that being a being that has separations and isolations of parts of the self from other parts of the self, so that there seems to be more going on, shall we say, than in truth there really is. It is so endemic to your peoples that we would suggest that instead of the term “co-dependency” one may perhaps think more generally in terms of addictions. For the addiction to pain is no more of a puzzle than the addiction to any substance that one begins to see as not being helpful for the self.

Why would entities with good sense and good balance choose to inculcate within the self a continuance of pain in order to feel more alive? It is simply because it is the observed method upon your planet, in the culture in which you enjoy living, for entities to embrace those things which are destructive such as overwork, a dependence upon substances, and other imbalances, because they seem to be appropriate and even necessary for the functioning of the organism and the being, in the job, in the family, and in the environment. The habit of looking outward for meaning, of depending upon ideas, people or things for a feeling of rightness and a sense of meaning is that which has been accepted among your peoples as the appropriate way of behaving and thinking.

The group question for this session was: “The question today has to do with change, perhaps even change to the point of self-healing. We are wondering if Q’uo could talk to us about the decision-making process that goes into this type of change. Could you explore the concepts of honor and duty and how discovering what our honor and duty in a certain situation is might help us to make the choices that would lead to this change and perhaps healing ourselves, finding a direction to be of service to others?” Q’uo began their reply by saying that the freedom of will has been a sticking point for many in the creation for a satisfying spiritual practice since free will can be a bewildering thing because the chore of determining what we truly wish to do can be awe-inspiring and mind-boggling, for it is as though we are pulled in different directions by different opinions in almost every situation, but there are levels of choice that affect more than just a moment, and as our choices become more difficult and carry more weight for the present and the future that the predicament of making the “right” choice is a more substantial challenge. Then Q’uo said that B invoked the principle of the honor/duty that the ones of Ra had spoken of before with this group in saying that every honor is a duty and every duty an honor, and it was B’s thought that when we are attempting to make a correct choice for ourself we need to define that word “correct,” so that we would do well to think of what we feel our honor would require in a certain situation or what our duty might require, and it might be suggested to invoke the principle of unconditional love and to determine where the love is in making a decision, so it was T’s hope that, in making the decision for his right livelihood, he would be able to find that choice that most truly opened and revealed his heart, a deep and true center of his self, and when we view the question and look at the level of depth that is suggested when we are attempting to make decisions for the healing of ourself, any way of looking at a situation and sensing the variations of it, are helpful, and all resources are helpful when approaching a decision that has the capacity to affect our path not just in this next day or next week, but in the rest of our incarnation to come. Q’uo went on to say that in the pain of the unconsciously lived life where events seem to toss us about with force and carelessness there is an aspect to our suffering that is attractive and can begin to create the impression that this pain is actually a sign of life, and that when the pain of the situation eases, the meaning of our life has been taken away from us, and then we must seek that meaning even though that meaning that is felt in suffering and pain could be seen as our being dependent on others to give us the catalyst of pain. Then Q’uo suggested that if we could take a step back from a specific co-dependency that is  geared to one person, we may see that in each incarnational pattern there is that tendency to divide the self into the light self and the dark self, and then creating out of our universal being a being that has separations of parts of ourself from other parts of ourself so that there seems to be more going on than in truth there really is, and this it is the nature of our people so that Q’uo suggested instead of the term “co-dependency” we may think more generally in terms of addictions, for the addiction to pain is no more of a puzzle than the addiction to any substance that we might to see as not being helpful for ourself. Q’uo continued by asking why would we choose to imprint ourself with constant pain in order to feel more alive? They said it is because it is the observed practice within the culture in which we live for: “entities to embrace those things which are destructive such as overwork, a dependence upon substances, and other imbalances, because they seem to be appropriate and even necessary for the functioning of the organism and the being, in the job, in the family, and in the environment.” They said that the habit of depending upon ideas, people, or things for a sense of meaning is that which has been accepted among our people as the appropriate way of behaving and thinking. On February 13, 1983, Latwii spoke of the nature of addiction for some people:

Entities who experience what you call addictions to various substances such as the alcoholic beverages and the, as they are called, harder drugs, are oftentimes entities of great sensitivity and creativity. Entities within the culture in which you now exist who contain within themselves delicate sensitivities, budding creativities, and who yearn to express that which they feel they are, yet who also find such expression blunted by the general, shall we say, milieu, become sometimes frustrated, and find that their only solace is to turn inward and to ponder how to exist as a finely tuned being in what seems to be a gross and greatly overpowering world. Such an entity will often turn inward to such an extent that it becomes reclusive. Such an entity will find there are various aids to intensify this reclusive nature. The aids of the drugs and alcohol tend to turn the entity further and further in upon the self so that those sensitivities which began the entity’s yearning and seeking for expression, become themselves blunted so that they no longer motivate the entity in the manner which found no expression. It is often that the turning inward and the use of the substances which alter the mind is specifically chosen that the mind might be altered, for it is the sensitive mind and the sensitive heart and the sensitive being that it seems to the entity began the pain. And yet these can be, shall we say, stilled in some degree, but then the entity assumes there will be no pain. Yet, can the spark of life which glows within any be extinguished? It is often a long journey until the entity discovers that the spark must live. And how that spark shall live is the decision which each must make.

It is astounding to most entities who are living at this unconscious level to conceive that they may perhaps not be in a carefully engineered situation, in a certain, shall we say, “house,” or environment of job, and family, and personal details for the reason that they may feel is so. They may not be in the job, for instance, because that is the correct job, they may be in that job because it seemed appropriate, and it has seemed to be adequate to the life. The thought that one could simply walk out of this “house” of arrangements and relationships and “the way things are” would indeed seem not only astounding but somehow deeply wrong. Yet it is true that entities build their houses to include the pain that seems necessary in order for them to feel alive, normal, and functioning.

So, when one attempts to begin healing the self, it may perhaps be seen that a substantial amount of deconstruction becomes necessary. There is a stage that one goes through that is analogous to that which the ones known as B, G, and D have been doing within the structure of the dwelling place in which this meeting is now taking place, the house that this instrument calls the Magic Kingdom. Indeed, it has been remarked often within the last few weeks, as disaster after disaster has been narrowly averted and repaired, that the angels that have stationed themselves as part of the loving system of guidance that surrounds this group have been working overtime! And each time that the one known as B has identified an electrical fault or found a gas leak or the one known as D has seen a fire start and put it out, that the house itself is expressing the desire to heal.

The people within the house have banded together in an increasingly tight-knit group with the desire to create new life, new energy, a higher and a truer sense of self for each and for the group as a whole. And in this increasingly intense environment of idea, ideal, and focus, the house itself is experiencing a deconstruction as old wires are pulled out and new wires must be put in, new wires that can hold more of a charge; that can sustain more of an effort. And indeed when one is attempting to heal, it is as though one were going back into the wiring of the self and needing to deconstruct some of that wiring, pulling out the inadequate wiring, checking the system for leaks, checking the system for truth, shall we say, checking the new “wire” that one is putting in to carry energy, to see if it indeed has more strength, if it indeed can carry more energy safely and at a stable manner and level.

Oneis doing the internal rewiring of various patterns of thinking, attempting to pull out of the self those tangles of old wiring that are no longer attached to anything that is helpful but that still may be carrying power, but oh so poorly and so inadequately. So, this process must begin with a careful, conscious period of releasing that which is outmoded within one’s thinking, within one’s feelings, within one’s being. And for each entity this will require different resources and different approaches, for no two people approach the mirror of the self in the same way. Each entity approaches the mirror and looks into the eyes of the self with a different bias. Each has a slightly different slant. Even each within oneself, from time to time, will be able to access different levels of self and be able to see into different levels of patterning and what the patterns of the past have to offer in terms of health, wellness and healing. Perhaps there are some old patterns that are extremely helpful. Not all things that are old are poor. Some of the oldest patterns within you may be some of your best work.

So, it is not that one pulls everything out in order to toss it and to start over completely, but rather that one looks into that mirror, into the eyes and not at the image, for one can get lost in mental images as well as one can in the image of the mirror. Your face does not tell the story of your soul, but the face of your personality also does not tell the story of your true essence, especially when one seeks to move into a better balance with the self, into a self-healing mode. One must not simply go with preconceived notions about the self. Rather, it is good to do that of which the one known as G has been speaking, the going on a quest for personal vision, a quest to see into that essence of self that is the gift which you have brought in the package that is your personality, your body, and what the ones known as B and V were calling your identity.

Then Q’uo said it is astounding to most of us who are living at this unconscious level to conceive that we may perhaps not be in a carefully engineered situation in an environment of job and family for the reason that we may feel we are, so we may not be in the job because it is the correct job, but because it seemed appropriate, and the thought that we could simply walk out of this “house” of arrangements and relationships and “the way things are” would indeed seem not only astounding but somehow deeply wrong, but it is true that we build our houses to include the pain that seems necessary in order for us to feel alive, normal, and functioning. Q’uo went on to say that when we attempt to begin healing ourself, it may be seen that we may need to go through a great deal of change which is analogous to what has happened to how the home this meeting is held in, called the Magic Kingdom, as there were various disasters that were averted which seemed like angels had guided the home and the group through them so that the home has the desire to heal. Q’uo continued by saying that the people within this home have banded together in a tight-knit group with the desire to create new life and a truer sense of self for each and for the group as a whole, and in this intense environment of  focus upon ideals the home itself is experiencing a deconstruction as old wires are pulled out and new wires must be put in that can sustain more energy, and indeed when we are attempting to heal it is as though we need to deconstruct some of the wiring of our system for truth and checking the new “wire” that we are putting in to carry energy to see if it can carry more energy safely and in a stable manner. Now Q’uo said that we are doing the internal rewiring of various patterns of our thinking by attempting to pull out our old tangled wiring that is no longer attached to anything that is helpful but still may be carrying power poorly, so this process must begin with a careful period of releasing that which is outmoded within our thinking, feelings, and our being, and for each of us this will require different resources and approaches, for none of us approaches the mirror of ourself in the same way, and each of us looks into the eyes of our self with a different bias, and even within ourself we will be able to access different levels of ourself and be able to see what the patterns of our past have to offer in terms of healing, and some of the oldest patterns within us may be some of our best work. Q’uo said that it is not that we pull everything out in order to toss it and to start over, but that we look into that mirror and into our eyes, and not at the image, for we can get lost in mental images as well as we can in our image in the mirror because our face does not tell the story of our soul, nor does the face of our personality tell the story of our true essence, especially when we seek to move into a better balance with our self, into a self-healing mode, so we must not go with preconceived notions about ourself, but it is good to go on a quest to seek that self-healing mode that is the gift which we have brought in the package that is self-healing mode and self-healing mode. On October 3, 2015, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our sense of self:

This focusing inward then offers the opportunity for contemplation, for meditation, and for prayer as means by which to process the catalyst of the day. This seeking within also tends to cause those activities which are of lesser value, shall we say, to fall away, until the seeker begins to focus the energies of the self upon fewer, more significant portions of the opportunities offered each day in your very busy experiences.

Thus, to simplify one’s opportunities, shall we say, to simplify the daily round of activities, is a portion of the seeker’s journey which then tends to bring a sense of peace, direction of purpose, and method to obtain that inner sense of self. One may then call upon that inner sense of self to deal with those catalysts which are essential to the growth and survival of the individual, the family, and the community.

Thus, we would suggest that each look for those areas within the life experience which can be simplified, that the focus of one’s mind, body, and spirit might be centered upon the ineffable and infinite qualities of love, wisdom, and sharing these qualities with all whom one meets in the daily round of activities.

You have a location for your incarnation in space and time. The fact that in order to have a location you also have to buy into the illusion of life and death is simply a fact of the matter, a condition in which all incarnation is held. There is an illusion implicit in drawing breath and that illusion is that you are a location, an identity, a personality, a face. These concepts of self, in terms of your spiritual center, are and remain illusory right through the incarnation. Even in the midst of the illusion of incarnation you may know yourself as an illusory personality. Were this to be the beginning and end of the soul, there would be no point in working towards the evolution of that soul. However, you are, even within incarnation, a real essence, part of what this instrument calls the Godhead principle, part of the Creator. That you have a package makes you seem very singular and indeed you are unique; yet at the same time, you are a holograph of the Creator.

So, in many ways the journey towards meaning is a journey down through layers of decreasing selfhood as more of the shell, the illusion, the body, the face, the personality, is seen for what it is and allowed to loosen its hold upon self-identity. What is your identity? Much of the decision-making process has to do with the stance from which you view the creation and that begins with your self-concept. If you conceive of yourself in thus and thus a way, then you begin to build that “house,” that narrowness, that stricture that we were speaking of earlier. You begin to construct your location and seemingly to block yourself from making certain choices because they would not be appropriate to someone in this particular kind of house, this particular kind of personality.

Once you feel that you have gone through a time of coming to your own essence, once you feel that you have begun to be able to identify what it is to be you, that you that you will know as well ten thousand years from now in another incarnation as you do this day, then you can begin to ask the questions that the one known as B was asking, but only then. You cannot simply begin by saying, “This is who I am and therefore these are my duties, and these are my responsibilities.” First and foremost, you must come into a relationship with yourself that is loving, unified, and compassionate. In the words of this particular instrument, you must “redeem” yourself. For as long as you feel that there are parts of your personality that are the shadow side, that have not yet been claimed, they will continue to indicate their lack of being integrated by expressing themselves as negatives within your life experience and they will draw to you catalyst that is designed to uncover and delineate the particulars of these biases.

However, there does come a time when that first cluster of work is done and you sit, shall we say, in terms of the Native American way, on your blanket, in meditation, with the creation and the twelve directions spread out, the creation emanating from the center of the self and the wheel of unity spinning endlessly and fruitfully around that center in a way that feels powerful and full of life. In that centered position, then, you may ask yourself, truly, “Where is the love? Where is my heart? What are my duties? What do I wish to honor in my life?” And all of these questions are worth time and contemplation and a process of asking, and resting, and asking again. For such questions will remain with you as part of the spiral of learning and service that is the evolution of mind, body, and spirit within incarnation.

How can you know that you are on the right track? We cannot give you a thumbnail rule for being in self-healing mode. We can speak of certain characteristics of being “on the beam.” We’ve spoken often to this group about fear. When there is a feeling of attachment, urgency, desperation, or necessity, these energies are suspect. It is to the peaceful, resting spirit that a balanced pattern is more likely to come, and it is to the questing soul who rests with such a vision and allows it to mature that the inevitable difficulties of such a process will seem less demanding, less difficult. This instrument was speaking earlier of a level of peace that she has experienced recently, and she was finding difficulty in describing it, yet it has to do with relaxing attachments to all outcomes in the growing understanding or grasp of the fact that there is no true attachment, there is no true necessity. What there is, is a spectrum of infinite possibility, which acts either without focus or with focus. Without focus, it is not as powerful in terms of interacting with other sources of energy. It moves and makes connections and will ally itself with like-minded energies.

Q’uo continued by saying that we have a location for our incarnation in space and time which means that we also have to accept the illusion of life and death as a condition in which all incarnations are experienced, and there is an illusion that is part of drawing breath which is that we are an identity and a face, so these concepts of ourself, in terms of our spiritual being, remain illusory throughout our incarnation, and even in the midst of the illusion of incarnation we may experience ourself as an illusory personality, and if this were true there would be no point in our working towards the evolution of our soul, but we are, even within incarnation, a  unique part of the Creator. Q’uo went on to say that in many ways our journey towards meaning is a journey through layers of decreasing selfhood as more of the illusion of our body and personality is seen for what it is and allowed to release its hold upon  our self-identity which begins with our view of the creation and our concept of ourself, so if we see ourself in a certain way then we begin to build that house of narrowness that blocks us from making certain choices because they would not be appropriate for someone in our kind of house or personality. Q’uo said that it is most important to come into a relationship with ourself that is loving and unified and could be seen as redeeming ourself, for as long as we feel that there are parts of our personality that are on the shadow side, which we have not claimed, they will continue to reflect their lack of being integrated by negative expressions in our life experience, and they will draw catalyst to us that will help us uncover the nature of these biases. Then Q’uo said that there does come a time when the first work is done, and we sit, in terms of the Native American way, on our blanket in meditation: “with the creation and the twelve directions spread out, the creation emanating from the center of the self and the wheel of unity spinning endlessly and fruitfully around that center in a way that feels powerful and full of life.And in that centered position, then, you may ask yourself, truly, “Where is the love? Where is my heart? What are my duties? What do I wish to honor in my life?”” Q’uo said that these questions are worth time and contemplation and a process of asking, and resting, and asking again, for such questions will remain with us as part of the spiral of learning and service that is the evolution of our mind, body, and spirit within our incarnation. Then Q’uo asked us how we know that we are on the right track because they could not give us the basic way of being in a self-healing mode and certain way of being “on the beam,”  so they said that when there is a feeling of fear or desperation, these energies are suspect because it is to the peaceful spirit that a balanced pattern is more likely to come, and when we are the questing soul who rests with such a vision and allows it to mature that our difficulties with such a process will seem less difficult if we are able to relax our attachments to all outcomes in understanding the fact that there is no true attachment, but what there is, is a spectrum of infinite possibility, which acts either without focus or with focus. On November 16, 2003, Q’uo spoke of the nature of infinite possibility:

This is in fact, your situation. You are in the position of being able to live both a life in space/time, the horizontal life, and a life in time/space, the vertical life, simultaneously. We might say that the ability to remember this image, the ability to remember that which is unseen, that which opens to the Creator and to the essential self, is a measure of how well you are doing with the simple act of remembrance that is the key in many ways to progressing in spiritual, mental, and physical evolution of self. How to remember that what you see is not all that you get? How to remember the intersection with wonder, and magic, and infinite possibility? This instrument pursues a daily and weekly spiritual or religious program which includes group worship within that distortion of spirituality called Christian. This is one way in which she attempts to be a creature of remembrance. There are many ways to be remembering who you are and why you’re here. That is one way, the simple act of setting aside time, such as you have this day, to seek together. No matter how the meditation goes, no matter how you feel that you have been as a part of a seeking circle, the intention, the dedication of time, are the things that create the feeling of remembering and honoring the portion of yourself that is living that vertical life. In moments such as this, as you allow the energy to move around the circle, we feel sure that each of you has that riveted feeling of opening to the infinite possibilities of the moment.

Yet it is to an entity who has done the work to have brought focus to that feeling of sitting in the center of the blanket with the energies of self very openly and tidily arranged about one like the pattern upon that blanket, that the connections will be stronger, the click of recognition between people will be more powerful, the ability to communicate ideas will be more pointed and more obvious. And when more than one entity in a group has begun to get that inner centering and that feeling of focus, the possibilities for deeper and deeper collaborations that are part of the hoped-for service and learning of the incarnational plan become more and more prominent and likely to prosper.

The one known as Dewey, in speaking of how his learning as a physicist affected his own thoughts about spiritual matters, chose to describe the way he saw the “new man” as an ethical biological unit. The “old man,” he said, “was simply a biological unit.” It worked from instinct, it made its choices, and it protected that which was its own and saw to the survival of itself and its family unit. However, when one moves into the new definition of self that is the conscious self, that self that is aware of itself as a soul, the word that is added is “ethical.” An ethical biological unit is one who does look to the honors, to the duties, and to the love that is theirs to judge and deem appropriate and choose.

How true it is that one must, at some point, make a positive choice, or the choice will simply make you, and that choice may be a choice in which all of the old unconscious patternings of what the one known as Eckhart Tolle called the “pain body” may be thriving in glorious health. So it is well to take hold of the decision-making process, especially in such deep matters as right livelihood and self-healing, and to move through the most conscious effort possible of gazing within the self, moving the self to the best-judged center of self that can be found, and from that point, asking the self, “What do I love, and where is the love pulling me? What do I honor, and how can I give honor to those things that I do so honor? What are my just and fair responsibilities, and how can I best fulfill those?”

This instrument has thought sometimes about the concept of responsibility, for she has seen many entities who are on spiritual quests who find themselves choosing to walk away from situations without taking responsibility for them. Within her own life it has never seemed that this would be possible for her. Yet for many, the effort of becoming conscious is that effort which, in the terms of their own thinking at the time, cannot be made unless a clean and sharp break is made between the past and the present. And therefore, it cannot be said to be incorrect for such dramatic choices to be made. On the other hand, if there is sufficient time and space and patience for a slower and more careful process, it is very much a help to that process to move slowly, to move gently, and to ask the self frequently, “How does this feel? Do I feel centered? Do I feel open? Do I feel in any way hindered or bound by my belief system?”

Think of a root system that may be fouling a structure like a sidewalk or a pipe system. Some roots need to go deep, perhaps some pipes need to be moved. You must determine in the system of your own working spirit and its connections with the body, with the mind, and with the emotions, what is working and what is not working. “Where do I need to focus my redeeming love? Where do I need to embrace a part of myself of which I have been unconscious, and which has been leading me around into dark places?” For indeed it is very true that the structures of suffering have to do with the thinking of the individual. It is not that you would not experience pain if you were completely without bias and exposed to fire. You would still burn. However, when the entity can see fire not as something from which to contract but as a brother or a sister, then certainly appropriate action may be taken to avoid immolation by such a force in one’s life but at the same time there is nothing to fear, literally, no thing to fear, for you are an entity far beyond the limitations of these illusory husks, the personality, the body, the face, the package. Do not identify overly with the package but seek to begin to know what is inside and let that center of self begin to act as the gyroscope that is whirling inside in rhythm with the heart of the Creator so that, as the Creator seeks to know Itself, so do you seek to know yourself. And from that center all things have their right pattern. May it be so for each of you in increasing levels of harmony and strength. For each is part of a beautiful dance, that dance of creation in which every flower and tree and bird and being has its part.

Q’uo continued by saying that Dewey B. Larson spoke of how his learning as a physicist affected his own thoughts about spiritual matters and the way he saw the new man as an ethical biological unit, and the old man was simply a biological unit that worked from instinct; it made its choices; and it protected that which was its own; and saw to its survival and its family unit, but when we move into the new definition of ourself that is our conscious self that is aware of ourself as a soul, the word that is added is ethical, and an ethical biological unit is one who looks to the honors, the duties, and the love that is theirs to judge and deem appropriate to choose. Q’uo went on to say that it is true that we must make a positive choice, or the choice will simply make us, and that choice may be a choice in which all of the old unconscious patterns of what the one known as Eckhart Tolle called the “pain body” may be thriving in glorious health, so it is well for us to take hold of the decision-making process, especially in such matters as right livelihood and self-healing, and to move through the conscious effort of gazing within ourself, moving ourself to the center of ourself which can be found, and from that point, asking the self: “What do I love, and where is the love pulling me? What do I honor, and how can I give honor to those things that I do so honor? What are my just and fair responsibilities, and how can I best fulfill those?” Then Q’uo said that Carla has thought about the concept of responsibility, for she has seen many entities who are on spiritual quests who find themselves choosing to walk away from situations without taking responsibility for them, and  within her life it has never seemed that this would be possible for her, but for many the effort of becoming conscious is that effort which cannot be made unless a clean break is made between the past and the present so that it cannot be said to be incorrect for such dramatic choices to be made, but if there is time, and space, and patience for a more careful process, it is a help to that process to move gently, and to ask ourself: “How does this feel? Do I feel centered? Do I feel open? Do I feel in any way hindered or bound by my belief system?” Q’uo completed their reply by saying that we must determine in the system of our own working spirit and its connections with the body, with the mind, and with the emotions, what is working and what is not working and: “Where do I need to focus my redeeming love? Where do I need to embrace a part of myself of which I have been unconscious, and which has been leading me around into dark places?” For indeed it is very true that the structures of suffering have to do with our thinking, but it is not that we would not experience pain if we were completely without bias and exposed to fire because we would still burn, but when we can see fire not as something from which to contract but as a brother or a sister, then we can take appropriate action to avoid being burned by such a force in our life, but there is literally, no thing to fear, for we are an entity beyond the limitations of these illusory qualities of our body and our face, so we should not identify with the package but seek to know what is inside of us, and let that center of ourself begin to act as the gyroscope that is whirling inside us in rhythm with the heart of the Creator so that, as the Creator seeks to know Itself, so do we seek to know ourself, and from that center all things have their pattern, and may it be so for each of us in increasing levels of harmony and strength, for each of us is part of a beautiful dance of creation in which every flower, and tree, and bird, and being has its part. On May 7, 2006, Q’uo described the dance of creation:

As your souls crystallize in the way water is a crystal, they become much more easily magnetized and you become a much more fluid and responsive being. In higher densities you are aware not of less organization but of more, for you are not veiled and shielded from the dance of creation as a whole. That dance is endlessly, beautifully, rhythmically, gracefully organized. All parts of the creation are aware of all other parts of the creation.

You are familiar with this kind of dance because you see it in the second density and first density about you all the time. The trees, the air, the oceans, and all of the energies of nature are responsive in one holistic system, of which you are a part.

We would at this time open the meeting to further questions, if there be any at this time.

G: Q’uo, would you have any recommendations for concerning the preparation for my upcoming vision quest at Avalon and how I might best maximize the experience while there?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We would say to this instrument, trust the self and be unafraid to open the self to unfamiliar things. It is not an easy thing to move quickly from the surface of life to that level of consciousness where subconscious processes are available to the conscious mind. In something like a vision quest that you have spoken of, the basic effort is to open the doors of perception, as the one known as William James has said it, so that one has more information available. The concept of the quest has to do with the concept of the self as having many floors of being, shall we say, like a tall building that has quite a few different levels, not only above ground but also below the level that may be perceived as the ground floor. It is those deep, subterranean floors of self that one is attempting to access. Now, when one goes down the stairs into the basement, it is a very straight-forward thing. There is a certain angle to the steps, and they are at a certain distance from each other. It is a very regularized, geometric structure, the stair steps having so many degrees of declination, angles of turning, and so forth. It is not unlike that within the layers or floors of the self, below the level of the conscious mind. There is a very definite geometry and there is a way to move down into the deeper levels of the mind.

The one known as B was discussing one of these ways, the idea being to read in the mythology that affects one’s blood ancestry. The thinking behind this is correct in that the body and its structure, down to the cell structure, is a gift from the ancestors of that body. Each cell in the body is instinct with the knowledge, the life, and the experience of all of those entities that have shared those cells, those inherited strands of what this instrument would call, DNA. So you are, as a body, as a being within incarnation, a part of the Earth from which these beings sprang, the mountains, the lakes, the air. And as one grows up within a certain environment, the geography, the topography of the land becomes written in the DNA, and becomes part of you in a way that is magical, so that connecting with the Earth, connecting with the surroundings which are part of your heritage, places you in an optimal situation for stability in moving down into the roots of self. Certainly, the roots of the body are not necessarily the roots of the mind or the spirit. But one is in the body and one needs the grounding of that body in order to fuel that quest for vision. Further, one has, in the stories told by the ancestors of your body, material that describes the geometry, shall we say, of a very deep level which this instrument would call the archetypal level, in that subconscious being which is a part of you. You are attempting to ask for vision from this larger part of self to which you do not have access in conscious, daily life. Consequently, the one known as B was suggesting that one steep oneself in the mythology and stories of one’s ancestors. And certainly this is one way to approach such a quest.

There are other strengths into which one may lean in order to achieve this deep opening. Such alternatives include music, art and the creation itself. They include as well many other things and we do not feel we may be much more specific than this without infringing as you go about creating what needs to be for you a very self chosen, consciously chosen, experience. Within these parameters, may we answer you any further, my brother?

G: No, thank you very much, Q’uo.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother.

G: I have one from the one known as J who asks, “How does one go about creating a ritual that allows you to effectively configure your mind for sacred workings and donning the magical personality?”

Q’uo: We are aware of your query, my brother, and we thank you for the question. It certainly is one with which the one known as J has been working for some time. We would say to the one known as J that the preceding discussion may help in somewhat delineating the field of action for becoming a conscious, magical being. The essence of seeing the self as magical and experiencing the self as magical is that great step of believing that the self is magical. If one moves from that assumption, then one must take responsibility for each thought. Not simply each action, but each thought. For the magical personality is often defined, at least by this instrument, as one who is able to effect changes in consciousness by thought alone. This again requires a time of deconstruction to loosen the bonds of shallow attachments and reconstruction in attaching to far more sturdy sources of power, or conduits for power.

We believe that this may be sufficient for now but we would be glad to revisit the question with the one known as J in the future.

Is there another query at this time?

G: A quick one, Q’uo. With enough work can an entity become a crystalline entity in one incarnation and is that goal worthy of pursuit?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Indeed, each of you is a crystal, it is a matter of mining for it, finding it, polishing it up, and allowing it to shine.

Is there another query at this time?

G: Q’uo, is this instrument hard-pressed to continue these channelings on her own?

We are those of Q’uo, and aware of your query, my brother. In gazing into this instrument’s state of mind we find that she is as she has always been: one who sincerely wishes to serve. This instrument is convinced and has been convinced for a number of years that one of her right livelihoods or means of service is indeed this channeling of which you ask. It therefore is that which she does see the honor and the duty of doing. She does not find it at all burdensome. She does not find it, shall we say, fun; it is not something that draws her and consequently she must make a conscious effort to align herself with the gift which has been given her. There are times we find that she regrets the effort that it takes to move into this alignment and at the same time she would not forgo the honor even upon the point of death. Consequently, we would say no, this instrument does not find it difficult to serve. She would find it difficult not to serve.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: Not on that line, thank you, Q’uo.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother.

G: Sorry to hog it all but if nobody else is asking, I’ll take it again. Q’uo I was just curious if for a wanderer to awaken to their status as being from elsewhere they need to be first of a 51% service-to-others vibratory nature before awakening to the truth of their identity?

Q’uo: We are aware of your query, my brother, and we do not find that to be necessary. Indeed, it is not necessarily at all linked that one be aware of polarity and that one be aware of not belonging to this planetary system. The two strains of learning are not necessarily connected.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: I don’t think I meant awareness of the workings of polarity but that they must be vibrating at 51% service to others. Must they be harvestable in order to awaken consciously to who they are?

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we are more aware of your query, my brother. Again, it is not necessary to have any awareness except the discomfort of being in a difficult place that does not feel right to be aware that one does not belong some place. The tendency is for those who wander to move into incarnation within third density with some of the overlays of the previous density which would suggest that many a wanderer has much information flowing through about service to others and so forth. And so, there is a tendency for service-to-others entities to be those who are wanderers or shall we say it more properly, for those who are wanderers to be aware of desiring to be of service to others. Indeed, it is almost a part of desiring to be of service to others. Indeed, it is almost a part of the wanderer’s syndrome, shall we say. However, there are many who awaken first to their discomfort and have not yet done that work of choosing a polarity.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: No, thank you very much.

Q’uo: Is there a query from any in the group at this time?

G: So, for my vision quest, would you say that arming myself with a question, the question, my set of questions, would be sufficient? To go there with my questions for the Creator and let the Creator do the answering?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. It is not for us to say what is sufficient. We believe that the thought of sufficiency is not helpful at this time. We would suggest that you allow yourself to be undefended, and unclothed with suppositions concerning what is enough and so forth. Beyond that, we find that we cannot speak.

Is there a final query at this time?

T: Q’uo, this is not a query. It’s just an expression of thanks for your presence and help… in the last few weeks.

We are those of Q’uo, and aware of your most kind thoughts, my brother, and we thank you for them. We are indeed most pleased that we have been a resource for you at this time and we hope that we may continue so. Indeed, we hope that we may continue to serve each of you as a part of your system of guidance and strength. Please know that, whatever your self-doubt and whatever your process, we are there and so much is there for you. You are surrounded by a great web of love, and we cannot tell you how strong and how bright that web is and how far it goes. Indeed, in the end all are connected to all.

We offer each of you blessings and love. We thank you with all of our hearts and we leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning, I walked around the yard and picked up small tree limbs that were no longer covered by snow because of our recent warm weather. I was able to fill two garbage cans with the limbs. Then I went across the street to my neighbor’s yard and filled the two bird feeders in the front yard with birdseed and scattered it under the bird feeders as well.

This evening, we had our yearly Board of Director’s Meeting for L/L Research with each of our L/L staff presenting information in a great variety of topics to let the Board know what inspiring work has been done for L/L Research this year.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

February 24

The Calm Beneath The Storm

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the consolation of the perfect consciousness of divine Love.

Oh, perfect consciousness: as simple as the blue sky and as steady as the steadiest rudder upon a calm sea! This consciousness of love permeates all. Yet how quickly it is lost to the human heart, to the eye, and to the ear that cannot see the calm beneath the storm of mundane, personal events.

This is your sky. This is your rudder. In your faith, say to the events of the day, “Peace, be still.” And in the fleeting moments that follow, feel the constancy of the Love that remains always as it always has been, and as it always shall be: creative, joyful, and merry, leaving blossoms and wonders as a flower leaves behind a scent.

The day may be full. Your difficulties may well be many. But recall in faith the underlying peace that is not of your mundane experience but of the consciousness within. In faith you experience eternity within.

We leave you in this peace, this healing, and this love, now and forever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from February 15, 2004:

The question today has to do with changes of various kinds, whether it’s changing a job, or attitude, or invoking a new presence of joy, peace, and harmony. When we attempt these changes, when we make efforts in the third-density illusion to bring these changes about, we’re wondering how we can know if we’re being successful? Is there a predetermined path or way made for us already, or is this a choice we make from moment to moment totally of our own free will? How can we know if we’re exactly on the beam or not?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo, and we greet you with full hearts and happy spirits in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we are. We thank you, each of you, for joining this circle of seeking today. It is our delight to be called to this group, and we would ask, as always, simply that you use your discrimination carefully in listening to our thoughts. For, as we share them, we need you to know that we are not authorities but fellow seekers and that we share opinions rather than proven fact. Please take those thoughts that you like from what we have to say, and leave the rest behind. That will enable us to speak without being concerned that we infringe upon your free will. It is well to guard carefully those portals wherein information is taken, for that which is believed is so. And when that which is believed is sufficiently different from that which is the more natural pattern of truth, the distortion can be difficult to comprehend and difficult to perceive and therefore difficult to extricate oneself from.

Indeed, this is a portion of that which you are asking this day, for you have asked about change and how to know when the appropriate change is manifesting; how to go about making sure that the changes are indeed appropriate in the pattern of your incarnation. This instrument was speaking with the one known as B concerning the piece of the Creator’s creation which she calls “Avalon.” The one known as B was saying that he had spoken with Avalon in that voice that has no words but expresses emotions and feelings, and he felt that the land itself had been somewhat abused in the past, misused and used too hard, so that the soil was depleted of those nutrients that it would wish to have in order to support life, and that it had been neglected and abandoned. Consequently, it was shy of humans and somewhat distrustful.

It had not occurred to this instrument that it was a two-way street, for, in this instrument’s trusting and somewhat childlike way, she relates to all things and all qualities as though they were all very glad to see her, and the consequence that is indeed the reaction of the land called Avalon to the one known as Carla is that it is delighted to see this sprightly spirit and delighted to relate with her in any way she wishes. However, this instrument has not attempted to plant, nor has it asked of Avalon that which it wishes. And indeed, this is something to think about when looking at a change that is large enough that it cannot entirely be imagined. When the question is asked, “What do you want?” or “What do I want?” the question throws the thinking mind back into the world of form and not into the world of substance. However, if the question is asked of the present moment, “What does it want?,” “What does the life’s situation at this moment want of me?” that is a blind and non-intellectual question, and consequently it has a big possibility of reaping a harvest of some sense. But that sense may well be a sense of substance rather than a sense of the form of the appropriate path to take. When the question is opened up so that it is clear that there is a relationship between the self and the creation, it enlists the cooperation of the creation which is, of course, an extension of the self, just as the self is an extension of the creation and just as both are holographic in nature, reflecting the Creator.

We have often said that all is one thing, and yet, when you relate to the outer world, that seemingly outer world of consensus reality, consciously including it in the decision-making process and asking it what it wishes, the question is made whole in a very special way. It is well to consult not only the inner self but that outer self that is the system of mirrors that reflects the Creator to you, that is, the outer creation, the Earth which you inhabit, the people which are your companions upon its surface. These energies and essences also have life, sentience, and will. And, when cooperation is asked, it is immediately received. Then it is a question of continuing to listen, continuing to ask and continuing to have this living and protean dialogue that penetrates all forms and moves into the world of substance. The nature of coincidence, or synchronicity, or the unfolding of fate, if you will, is such that the more cooperation is asked and expected on a continuing basis, the more rich the sources of information will be that are eager to share information with you.

We have spoken many times about the fact that information can come through the natural world, and, indeed, it often does come through animals and elements that are in synch with the energy fields of your bodies, of your intentions, and of your hopes. So let us look at the area of intention and hope. There are two in this group, that is, three entities and two concerns, with an actual commitment of the self to a job or a new business, and there are two other concerns within this group which have to do with attempting to create from nothing a network or cooperative or collaboration which is of a mixed nature, being partially spiritual and partially worldly. The process of visioning or envisioning is important.

The group question for this session was: “The question today has to do with changes of various kinds, whether it’s changing a job, or attitude, or invoking a new presence of joy, peace, and harmony. When we attempt these changes, when we make efforts in the third-density illusion to bring these changes about, we’re wondering how we can know if we’re being successful?” Q’uo began their reply by saying we have asked about change and how to know when the appropriate change is manifesting and how to go about making sure that the changes are appropriate in the pattern of our incarnation, and Carla was  speaking about the piece of land which she calls Avalon, and B was saying that he had spoken with Avalon in a voice that has no words but expresses emotions and feelings, and he felt that the land itself had been abused in the past so that the soil was depleted of those nutrients that it would wish to have in order to support life, and that it had been neglected, so it was shy of humans and somewhat distrustful. Q’uo continued by saying that it had not occurred to Carla that in her trusting and childlike way she relates to all things and qualities as though they were all very glad to see her, and the result is the reaction of Avalon to Carla is that it is delighted to see this lovely spirit and delighted to relate with her in any way she wishes, but since Carla has not attempted to plant, nor has she asked of Avalon what it wishes that this is something for Carla to consider when looking at a change that is large enough that it cannot be imagined, so when the question is asked what Avalon wants or what Carla wants the question causes Carla’s mind to consider the world of form and not the world of substance, but if the question is asked in the present moment that is a non-intellectual question with a possibility of reaping a harvest of some sense, but that sense may be a sense of substance, and when the question is asked that shows that there is a relationship between Carla and Avalon it gets the cooperation of the land which is an extension of Carla just as Carla is an extension of the land, and both reflect the Creator. Q’uo went on to say that all is one thing, and when we relate to the outer world of consensus reality and ask what it wishes, the question is made whole in a special way so that it is well to consult not only our inner self but that outer self that is the system of mirrors that reflects the Creator to us which is the Earth which we inhabit and the people which are our companions on its surface, and these energies also have life and will so that when cooperation is asked, it is immediately received, and then it is a question of continuing to have this living dialogue that penetrates all forms and moves into the world of substance, and the nature of the unfolding of fate is such that the more cooperation is asked on a continuing basis, the more rich the sources of information will be that are eager to share information with us. Then Q’uo said that they have spoken many times about the fact that information can come through animals and elements that are in synch with the energy fields of our bodies and of our hopes, so Q’uo wanted to look at the area of intention and hope because there were three entities and two concerns in this group with a commitment to a new business, and there were two other concerns within this group which have to do with attempting to create from nothing a collaboration of a mixed nature which was partially spiritual and partially worldly, so the process of or envisioning is important. On February 13, 2010, Q’uo spoke of the value of intention and hope:

We thank all of those who asked these queries this evening. It is a great joy to us to feel that this group which sits within these modest walls has become quite large in its actual size. The reason that this is a delight to us is not because we want to attract followers or to become bigger, but rather because it is the nature of groups such as this one that you are lighthouses. And each entity doubles the energy of the entity next to you, so that even in a very modest group, you are creating a focus of light, a focus of intention and hope, that is exponentially greater than any of you could create by yourselves. And when you add all of those who are not physically in this room but who have moved into the energy of this particular circle of seeking by the questioning that they offer, then that lighthouse energy becomes exponentially greater. So, we thank each of those from wherever those queries came upon your globe and appreciate greatly the increase of light that occurs from those who are visiting in thought with this sitting circle.

From the business standpoint, of course, it is well known that one may go through a planning process in which the questions are asked of the self concerning what goals are intended, what resources come to the table to promote those goals, and so forth. It is perhaps less well understood that the same process must be followed with the environment about one and with the energies surrounding the present moment. The nexus of each present moment for each person is the self. This is why truth is so infinitely individual and personal. One is always coming from that place where the environment is known to one that has never been walked in before. The present moment finds each of you and each of us in a new world. It has taken aeons and densities and many, many incarnations, and teachers, and thoughts to bring each of us, each of you, to this precise tuning with which you greet this present moment. Consequently, your world is brand new, and nothing can be taken for granted. So, it is well to look at this new world of the present moment with new eyes, innocent of supposition and without the blinders of cynicism and manic zeal, resting, relaxing, and moving into the center of self.

Move with us, if you will, in the clockwise motion about the circle, feeling the energy of the group moving, growing and forming a temple of light about you. Now continue that exercise, but move only within the orbit of your being, and feel the part of the temple of the group that you are. Feel that smaller temple whose light moves into the group energy. Now, move deeper and deeper within that holy and sacred space within until you come to the very center of that being that you are and rest there. Stop, and sense into that quiet, living center of self which is your heart. Here is your place of rest, recuperation, and healing. Here is your place to reach out your hand to the Creator and to feel Its hand in yours before the reaching has ever been done. This is the center of your connection to guidance, truth, and stability. Were we never to speak with you another word, were there no perceived authority to offer wisdom, this center of self would be entirely sufficient to guide you, in terms of that which your desires for this incarnation were before you ever came into the experience of life with its hectic breath and its beating heart (and we may say, because of this instrument’s allergies, its itching nose). Before all of the sensations of life, the center is the place of rest and the platform from which one may spring into action, spring into expanded being, spiral into those lessons to be learned and those services to be performed.

When one is able to come to the center of self and rest, then one is much more able to ask in that sacred space, “What lies before me? What is right action? What shall I see that will enable me to have more of the sense of who I am and why I am here?” When you open your eyes from this prayer, we would ask you to be open to guidance. Keep a paper and pencil handy, ready to jot down those things that come to you in this particular moment, after this particular time of centering and resting. When you get up from such a rest, keep the center open even as you become active again in the world of consensus reality. The creation is ready to expand into those areas which fascinate you, which draw you. It is sensitive to all kinds of energy, so, if there are conflicts within your desires, these will show up in the seeming cross-purposes and the ambivalent nature of the hints and the inklings that your guidance seems to be giving you. Consequently, there is contemplation involved in attempting to discern right action and right being, contemplation of what cross-purposes there may be.

Ifthere is a dynamic where things seemingly are partially indicating one path and partially indicating another, sit and rest with that dynamic, letting the mind relax away from forms and looking at some of the underlying issues which might surround and inform this dynamic. Allow time for this procedure. Ask not simply on one day or on one occasion. Assume not that you have received the full wisdom that is available. There is a continual questing for those who wish to remain in the center of their beings, for you move on, the stream of time moves on, and the spiral of evolution moves on so that each day there is new information, there are new metamorphoses to be contemplating. And there are what this instrument has come to call distortion leavings to be released. Often that which muddies the picture for those questing for right action or right being is an over-affection for the pain, the pleasure, for the shape in general of the past, those things that have affected one in the past for weal or for woe.

So Q’uo said that from the business standpoint it is well known that we may go through a planning process in which the questions are asked of ourself concerning what goals are intended and what resources we have to promote these goals, but it is less well understood that the same process must be followed with the environment about us and with the energies of the present moment, and the center of each present moment for each person is ourself, so this is why truth is so infinitely personal because the present moment finds each of us in a new world that has taken aeons of time, densities, and many incarnations and thoughts to bring each of us to this tuning with which we greet this present moment so that our world is new, and nothing can be taken for granted, and it is well to look at this new world of the present moment with new eyes innocent of supposition and without the blinders of cynicism, resting, and then moving into the center of ourself. Then Q’uo said to move with them in a clockwise motion about the circle, feeling the energy of the group forming a temple of light about us, and continue that exercise, but move only within the orbit of our being and feel the part of the temple of the group that we are, feeling that smaller temple whose light moves into the group energy, and moves deeper within that sacred space within until we come to the center of that being that we are and rest there, and sense into that quiet center of ourself which is our heart, our place of rest and healing, our place to reach out our hand to the Creator and to feel Its hand in ours before the reaching has ever been done because this is the center of our connection to guidance and truth. Q’uo said that if they never spoke another word to us, or if there were no authority to offer us wisdom, this center of ourself would be able to guide us in the ways of our desires for this incarnation were before we ever came into our life with its breath and its beating heart because this is the place of rest from which we may spring into our expanded being and move into our lessons to be learned and the services to be given. Q’uo continued by saying that when we are able to come to the center of ourself and rest, then we are more able to ask in that sacred space: “What lies before me? What is right action? What shall I see that will enable me to have more of the sense of who I am and why I am here?” So when we open our eyes from this prayer, Q’uo asked us to be open to guidance and to keep a paper and pencil ready to jot down those things that come to us in this time of centering and resting, and when we get up to keep our center open even as we become active in our life because the creation is ready to expand into those areas which fascinate us since it is sensitive to all kinds of energy, so if there are conflicts within our desires, these will show up in the ambivalent nature of the hints that our guidance seems to be giving us, so they suggested contemplation for us to attempt to discern right action and of what cross-purposes there may be. Q’uo went on to say that if we feel a dynamic where things seem to indicate one path and then indicate another path that we sit with that dynamic and look the underlying issues which might inform this dynamic, allowing time for this procedure, asking not simply on one day, but do not assume that we have received the full wisdom that is available because there is a continual questing for us if we wish to remain in the center of ourself because we move on; the stream of time moves on; and the spiral of evolution moves on so that each day there is new information to be contemplating, and there are distortion leavings to be released since: “that which muddies the picture for those questing for right action or right being is an over-affection for the pain, the pleasure, for the shape in general of the past, those things that have affected one in the past for weal or for woe.” On January 12, 2008, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the spiral of evolution:

And there is a kind of purity in that emptiness that is powerful. You become the Holy Grail which you seek because you are that cup which is now empty or that hand outstretched which has nothing in it, ready to receive that which is new, that which comes from the great original Thought to transform you as a creature so that you have become that which is new.

Then that cycle begins again, where you start from a new place in the spiral of evolution. It is if it were, in a flattened spiral, the same place you have been before in this incarnation. Yet, because it is an upward spiral, you are always moving to that place you were before with a new mind, so that you meet that repeating theme or those repeating themes of your incarnation from a new place of observation and experience.

It is just as important to release the self from past excellent experiences as it is to release the self from past misery and suffering. Does the good time in the past create or add into the reality of your present moment? If so, why? Does the pain and the sorrow that are remembered from past experiences affect, in a living and breathing way, the present moment for you? Ask yourself that. It is important to release that which has been harvested in terms of catalyst and experience. It is a natural thing to take in the food of catalyst and to digest it and work with it and get the good out of it. It is equally important to release the distortion leavings of these experiences from the system. Otherwise, they may well clog the system, making it impossible for your evolutionary energy body to absorb the nutrients of experience and be ready to take in more. If there is any lack of hunger for new things, it is entirely possible that it is because that which has been thoroughly and completely digested in one’s life has not yet been eliminated from the system. When the value of the excellent times and the difficult times of one’s past have been completely appreciated, it then becomes far easier to release these experiences.

In terms of knowing that you are on the beam, there is a talent in being able to look without looking, to know without knowing, and to walk between worlds. It is a lifting away from assumption, a lifting away from presupposition, and an opening into the possibilities that surround the moment. These possibilities are literally infinite. But which is that direction which calls? Which is that direction which wants you as much as you wish it? It is a matter of asking, and asking again, centering, and asking, centering, and asking, until the life process contains the centering and the asking, the centering and the asking far beyond even a habit and more into a way of breathing life in and breathing life out. Ask… rest… ask… rest… as a way of being, so that you are asking yourself to open to the sense of rightness, the sense of resonance that you may get through your body and any of your senses, within your heart, and various energy centers, in those signs and wonders which mean something subjectively to you personally. When the asking has become a part of the in breath, and the resting has become a part of the out breath and the time between breaths, then you have entered a state of mind, a way of being, that has the best possibility of bringing to you a richer load or harvest of information concerning the issue about which you are asking. Sometimes it is a very subtle thing and occurs over a period of time, while in other cases there are sudden and sharp epiphanies in which whole systems of the future are seen for the first time in wonderful delineation.

It is never known ahead of time what pattern shall emerge from the chaos of asking without expectation. Yet, when it comes, there is that sense of a converging pattern that will let you know that the pieces, as the one known as S said, seem to be coming together. Chaos seems to be melting into a certain quantum, a certain situation that has, to say it one way, the blessing of guidance; to say it another way, the resonance of a good pattern that fits within those parameters of your incarnation which you set up before birth. It is not that there is a fate laid out for you. The possibilities are always infinite. It is that you have created for yourself what this instrument would loosely call a mission, a personal plan of service, and learning. And, when that mission is being materially addressed, with whatever success, there is a sense of being in the right place that is unmistakable. Wait for that sense, and do not attempt to think it into place or feel it into place or in any way force the swirling mists to clear. If there is to be a misty and mysterious time, enjoy it as you would a great snow storm or a down-pouring and enriching summer rain. The vision goes away, but the heavens have opened to give life-giving moisture to the dry and thirsty soil.

Then Q’uo said it is just as important to release ourself from past excellent experiences as it is to release ourself from past misery and suffering, so they asked if our good times in the past add to the reality of our present moment, and does our pain and sorrow from past experiences affect the present moment for us? They said that it is important to release that which we have harvested in terms of catalyst and experience since it is a natural thing to take in the food of catalyst and to process it and get the good out of it, and it is equally important to release the distortion leavings of these experiences from our system, or they may clog our system and make it impossible for our energy body to absorb the nutrients of experience and be ready to take in more, so if there is any lack of hunger for new things, it is possible that it is because that which we have digested in our life has not yet been eliminated from our system, and when the value of the excellent times and the difficult times of our past have been completely appreciated, it then becomes easier for us to release these experiences. Q’uo continued by saying that in terms of knowing that we are on the beam, there is a talent in our being able to look without looking, to know without knowing, and to walk between worlds because it is a lifting away from assumption and an opening into the possibilities that surround the moment, and these possibilities are infinite, but: “which is that direction which calls? Which is that direction which wants you as much as you wish it?” Q’uo said it is a matter of asking, centering, and asking again until our life process contains this process far beyond even a habit and more into a way of our breathing life in and breathing life out so that we are asking ourself to open to the sense of resonance that we may get through our body and any of our senses, within our heart, and in those signs and wonders which mean something subjectively to us personally, and when our asking has become a part of our in breath, and the resting has become a part of our out breath, and the time between breaths, then we have entered a way of being that has the possibility of bringing us to a richer harvest of information concerning the issue about which we are asking, and sometimes it is a very subtle thing and occurs over a period of time, while in other cases there are sudden epiphanies in which whole systems of the future are seen for the first time in wonderful delineation.  Now Q’uo said that it is never known ahead of time what pattern shall emerge from the chaos of asking without expectation, but when it comes, there is that sense of a pattern that will let us know that the pieces seem to be coming together, and chaos seems to be melting into a resonance of a good pattern that fits within those parameters of our incarnation which we set up before birth so that it is not that there is a fate laid out for us because the possibilities are always infinite since we have created for ourself a personal plan of service, and learning, and when that mission is being addressed there is a sense of our being in the right place that is unmistakable, so we should wait for that sense–and not attempt to think it into place–because if there is to be a mysterious time, we can enjoy it as we would a great snow storm, and the vision goes away, but the heavens have opened to give life-giving moisture to the dry and thirsty soil. On September 5, 2010, Carla spoke at our Homecoming Gathering and described the nature of our energy body:

The Love and the Light of the infinite Creator is moving through our energy body in inexhaustible supply at all times. We can’t run out. By stopping the flow of Love through us, by clutching and contracting around our woes and our problems—which we all have—what we can do is stop that flow into the heart, and then we can’t get our hearts open all the way. The fuel is Love. It’s right here. It is inexhaustible. We don’t have to hoard it. All we have to do is live in such a way that our energy bodies are clear so that we get that energy through us at all times.

Sometimes a great deal of the moisture of spiritual water must come and, for a time, blind the vision, and it is then that faith is a powerful support, that faith that all is well. It is not a faith that things will turn out appropriately, because things actually never turn out. You may have noticed this quality of life. Things spiral continuously, moving through many scenes and moods. Nothing ends or, to put it another way, everything ends, and the story moves on without missing a beat. There is no grand finale; there is no dénouement. There is simply the ongoing spiral of light and dark, laughter, and tears, suffering and joy. Yet, beneath all of those experiences, surrounding all of that seemingly outward miasma of confusion, there remains always the place of center to which you may go. It is the closest thing to you. You may amputate arms and legs and not lose your center. You may glow incandescent as a candle without clothing, without occupation, with only the consciousness with which you came into the world of consensus reality, and you will have that center, that center that links you to all that is, to all that has been and all that will be. All you need is in that center. Perhaps that is the fundamental message we have to share this day. Rest and know all is Love. All is one; all is Love.

You are magical beings, my friends. You are not at risk, as it may seem that you are in terms of a physical life. You are citizens of eternity. You are in a very precious and hard-won place. You have cast aside all else, because you felt that this incarnation was important enough to invest your eternal self in, to go through a great deal of inconvenience and suffering just so that you might improve the balance of your own personality and serve in the consensus reality about you, to fulfill goals which you have set long ago, goals that have to do with being helpful. Rest in the knowledge that these things are in place and that there are many, many sources of information that are very dedicated to communicating with you and with the groups with which you associate.

Notice those groups about you. For this instrument, it has been a year or more of very obvious building up of the group, but, in all of the years of this instrument’s life, there has been that same process going on, and, in each of those in this circle this day, this process has been taking place. Gradually the currents of self and other-self have circled and spiraled until each has met each, and each has been drawn into this group on this day. Each entity that you meet is a portion of a group, a soul group, as the one known as S has called it, or a group of those who have often incarnated together, to work together and to serve together. So, when you are touching entities, you are touching the groups with which they are involved, and you are binding yourself and others in streams of love and mutual hope and ideals. As you go about your daily life, and as you meet each entity, see the relationship in its deeper terms, and know that energies are involved that are far, far below the level of one’s awareness. They may be sensed, and they may be followed, but they may usually not be understood. Follow those relationships, and consider the relationship and your part in it, in each case looking for the ways to support and encourage each other. There are higher selves involved in each of these groups as well and higher hopes that each of these groups may have in terms of the service of the members of that group to the planet and its people. Trust this network to be there, and expect to meet old friends as you move through the days ahead.

Above all, sharpen the energies with which you move through life by offering yourself the solace of meditation. Time in the silence cannot be overrated for returning one to that precious center, what the one known as G would call the “power of now.” Enlist the help of Gaia, as the one known as B calls the planet upon which you dwell. Walk within its precincts and allow the trees, and the wind, and the small animals to sooth you, to connect with you, and to bring you back to that precious center.

Now Q’uo said sometimes a great deal of the moisture of spiritual water must come and, for a time, blind our vision, and it is then that our support comes from our faith in knowing that all is well, but it is not a faith that things will turn out as we wish them to because things actually never turn out  that way because they spiral through many scenes and moods until everything ends, and our story moves on without missing a beat into the ongoing spiral of suffering and joy, yet beneath all of those experiences, there remains always the place of our center that links us to all that is, and all we need is in that center so that we can know all is Love, and all is one. Q’uo went on to say that we are magical beings and are not at risk in our physical life because we are citizens of eternity, and we have cast aside all else because we felt that this incarnation was important enough to invest our eternal self in, to go through suffering just so that we might improve the balance of our own personality, and to serve in the consensus reality about us to fulfill goals which we have set long ago having to do with being helpful, so we should rest in the knowledge that there are many sources of information that are dedicated to communicating with us and with our spiritual groups. Q’uo continued by saying that we should observe those groups about us because each entity that we meet is a portion of a soul group or a group of those who have often incarnated together, to work together, and to serve together, so when we are touching entities we are binding ourself and others in streams of love and mutual hope so that as we go about our daily life, and we meet each entity, we can see the relationship in its deeper terms, and know that energies are involved that are far below the level of our awareness. Q’uo said that these energies may be sensed, and they may be followed, but they may usually not be understood, so we should follow those relationships, and consider the relationship and our part in it, in each case looking for the ways to support and encourage each other, and: “There are higher selves involved in each of these groups as well and higher hopes that each of these groups may have in terms of the service of the members of that group to the planet and its people. Trust this network to be there, and expect to meet old friends as you move through the days ahead.” Q’uo completed their reply by saying that we should sharpen the energies with which we move through life by offering ourself the comfort of meditation because time in the silence cannot be overrated for returning to our precious center, which could be called the “power of now,” and ask for Gaia’s help, the planet upon which we dwell, and walk within its natural surroundings, and allow the trees, and the wind, and the small animals to sooth us, to connect with us, and to bring us back to our precious center. On May 1, 1983, Hatonn described the comfort of meditation:

If you are able through meditation to keep the realization fresh that your beingness does not depend upon anything, but is, and has been, and will be as it is, then you can begin to experience those gifts given to what that same holy book has called the poor in heart. We realize that this may be confusing to those who are attempting with a full heart and sincere purpose to seek the one infinite Creator, for there is a great deal of intention and purpose needed to set one’s feet upon the path and to keep one’s feet moving, to pick oneself up when one falls, to open oneself to the comfort of meditation when one does not even feel worthy of such a state of being. But each of you is already full of purpose, full of desire and seriously seeking. Therefore, the balance is necessary. You seek for yourself, and then you give what you have sought back to the infinite Creator. You can lose nothing. You can gain nothing. You are always on this journey. You are always on the brink of an utterly indescribable joy.

This instrument informs us that we need at this time to open the meeting to questions. Are there questions at this time beyond that which we have spoken?

G: Q’uo, I’m not sure of how exactly it is that the quarantine works around this planet, but, working within those principles, is it possible that an entity or a group of incarnate entities could request and create a physical meeting with beings of an extraterrestrial nature or higher density beings of a positive nature on this planet?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We do not choose to give this instrument any information upon this point for two reasons. Firstly, attempts of this nature create an energy that we do not consider particularly desirable. Secondly, the attempt to create such a meeting is much like sending out a “CQ” on a ham radio. The entities who are monitoring these particular ham radio bands are, however, for the most part negative.

The infringement upon free will in giving further information is such that we find that we are not able to speak further. However we would say that the energies of the one known as B have already brought to you, the one known as G, experiences of meetings with entities that are not human and are certainly very positive, and we speak now of those entities on Avalon which this instrument has often called devas and which have a great deal of life and reality of their own. This kind of open questing is quite desirable, and we would recommend that, instead of attempting to meet an extraterrestrial, you simply attempt to meet the many, many entities around you with which you have not yet become acquainted.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: No, that was cool. I don’t think I or anybody else has big plans to do so. I was just curious. Thank you, Q’uo.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother. Is there a query at this time?

B: I have one that’s not directly on this topic. I was wondering what the role of the social memory complex was in the development of consciousness?

Q’uo: We are aware of your query, my brother, but are having trouble with a response because of the fact that, as far as we are aware, consciousness is, and it is not in need of being, shall we say, developed.

B: Growth is perhaps a better term?

Q’uo: Would you rephrase the question, my brother?

B: I was examining the social memory complex, and, as we enter the seventh sub-density of the third density, Ra has said that we can actually form these structures, and I was wondering how that would interact with our conscious spiritual growth? I mean, why does the social memory dominate in the fourth density? What do we learn from this experience?

Q’uo: We are now far more aware of your query, my brother. The social memory complex is as if you had opened your arms and said, “Everybody in,” as if you were the Creator, and you had accepted everyone that was about you into your heaven. The energy of this formation enhances and intensifies the purity and the clarity of the individual’s ability to open into unconditional love, or, in other words, to become a part of the social memory complex. So, as soon as a social memory complex begins to be formed, simply by leaning into the power of that group being or essence, you are allowing the self to become more and more attuned to that sublime or supernal nature of the self which truly feeds into the social memory complex.

You see, my brother, when experience is taken in at the level of consensus reality and conscious thought, much of the detail of the actual transactions taking place between entities is lost. The nuances are washed away by the grossness of words and actions, and the intentions, the energies that are being exchanged between two people, or a person and a place, or a person and a situation, are grossly oversimplified so that they can be consciously understood. Even in the most subtle and quick mind, there is that limit of rapidity of the accumulation of fact and the intuition, the ability for direct insight, is hampered. What the social memory complex does as entities move into it and begin to, shall we say, “get it” is to empower and enable the personal shell of personality to relax and lift away from specificity so that it may become less reactive and more stable. The personality shell of third density is unnecessary in fourth density, and the great gift of the seventh sub-octave of third density is that the social memory complex has enough energy now to be accessed by intention.

May we answer you further, my brother?

B: One quick point. Would the attempts to form a social memory complex here or, more specifically, at Avalon, be in any way disruptive to the non-human life that’s there now, that which you referred to as devas and the plants and animals being of lower densities?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Indeed, were social memory being attempted, as if in a vacuum, as if only with people, certainly this would be perhaps less than optimal in terms of the energy of that portion of Gaia to which you refer, and this is why the instrument, in its talk with you at an earlier time, had the intuition that the land must be a portion of the questing for the social memory complex being formed upon its sacred ground. To form a social memory complex with the full cooperation of the earth that it contains is to make each place so included a sacred space. It most definitely would be appropriate to include the Earth itself as a part of the social memory complex, for the Earth is a very sentient and very conscious being.

May we answer you further, my brother?

B: So you would see no problem with second-density life being exposed to a fourth-density concept, thinking basically of the plants and things we would like to grow there. Now, my concern is this: a lot of times when higher concepts are introduced too early in a developmental stage, they might bias the development as I see here, when the Confederation introduced entities from other worlds to our planet. Do you understand what I’m trying to get at?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. If it were forced upon this entity, Gaia, that such and such a group wished to do such and such a thing here and it was simply told to the land, then, yes, my brother, there would be the lack of respect. However, the second density and the first density, unlike the third density, dwell within the creation of the Father that the fourth density dwells within, so that in a way, moving into the social memory complex energy is returning to oneness with the creation of the Father. And indeed this works more synergistically than third density is able to with these nature spirits and with the planet itself.

May we answer you further, my brother?

B: That clarified it sufficiently, thank you.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother. Is there a query at this time?

G: Q’uo, I usually wouldn’t ask a question like this, but I’m just really curious. How did it come to be that the three of us, B, V, and I, all had a dream about a volcano, and two of us had a dream about a Polynesian named Bob? Could you maybe speak to the symbolism and why it was that we had really similar dreams, please?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother, and, as you perhaps surmised, we leave this work to you.

Is there a final query at this time?

S: I have a question. We’ve noticed of late that the difficult times Carla calls psychic greeting, or what has been termed the dark brotherhood, have given very intensive interference to myself and those of my soul family group. I have asked the guidance source whom I call “The Seven Dwarves” about this. They were quite reluctant to give me any specific details. I recall that, similarly, I had asked you at one time, and you were also reluctant to give me specific information and just your opinion and your ideas. What is the meaning or spiritual reason behind that?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The nature of so-called psychic greeting, or psychic attack, or the influence of darkness is such that it seems to be coming in from without and seems to be a threat that is outer to one’s own self. And yet the mechanism by which these greetings are attracted is the desire to stand in the light. The harder and more fervent the desire to be of the light and to serve at one’s highest and best, the more sharply delineated are those portions of the shadow side of yourself that have not come into full harmony and acceptance within the self as loved, forgiven, and redeemed. Only you as a self, falling in love with the self and going through a full circuit of forgiving, accepting, redeeming of self, can do the work that enables one not to have the chinks in the armor, as this instrument would say, of light. That armor of light shall always have chinks. It shall always, within third-density incarnation, be imperfect, because were you able to be perfect, it would be time for you to move on, and you would simply not any longer be of third density. You would go through the experience of physical death so that your energy body, your soul, would be free to move into a more appropriate garment for continuing your experience.

Consequently, those who seek to stand the closest to the light are those who shall bring about the rightness or readiness for the experience of being tried, tested, greeted, attacked, or overshadowed. These are all subjective terms which describe a situation where one feels invaded or intruded upon or encroached upon. What is encroaching upon the self in a metaphysical sense in psychic greeting is the shadow side of one’s own self. So, when it is experienced from without, then it is well to take that mirror that is the dog barking at one, the wolf biting at one, and look to see within the self what portion of that shadow side, what vagrant part of the past, what relationship that has not been thought upon sufficiently, is truly causing the distortion within that has caused the wolf to bite just in such and such a way, so that responsibility is taken. And then, once responsibility is taken, and it is seen that there is nothing to fear, for it is only the self, then it is helpful to be able to release the fear and the contraction around this greeting, so that it no longer is a threat, it is simply that which is occurring. Then the work towards healing of the situation may be done without the additional stumbling block of fear blocking one’s own path of forward progress.

May we answer you further, my brother?

S: It’s an interesting thing for me to consider. I will have to think on it. Thank you very much.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother. We find it is time to depart from this group, as this group’s energy wanes somewhat, and it is well to leave this instrument while there is still plenty of energy to make a good farewell. And so we do offer you farewell, reminding you always that we are with you whenever you should mentally request it, to strengthen and support you, without words but with love and energy.

We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning Anna and I synchronized our computers and listened to Carla channel Ra is Session #69 where the entire session was focused on how Carla had almost left her body during a Sunday Night Meditation when she heard a seeker’s question that she did not know the answer to and wished that she was channeling Ra. Ra gave the suggestion that she should not attempt to channel answers to questions and that her hand could be held to keep her from going into trance.

This afternoon I went upstairs and cleaned Benny’s apartment. Then I took a new bag of birdseed to my neighbor’s yard across the street and filled the birdfeeders with the birdseed and scattered some on the ground for the deer and squirrels.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

February 23

Blessedness

I am the living Spirit of divine Love, and I greet you in the blessed name of Jesus the Christ.

Has the concept of “blessed” touched your life, your thoughts, and your feelings in the last little while? Does the sweep of your life include consecration? We surely hope that it may.

And if it does not, we who speak of divine Love and bear the consciousness of that Love urge each seeker to gaze in faith upon the blessedness of that which lies before you this day. For each moment is sanctified to the sanctified eye, ear, and heart.

Surely, we who came to comfort shall comfort still and be with each. And if blessedness is escaping your consciousness, turn within and ask in humility to be shown that vision of beatitude which lies within each event which comes before you.

For those who act are all blessedly loved by the divine consciousness which is Love. That Love strives to move into a world of illusion and shadow. May your consciousness of blessedness lighten the area about you. May your vision, given by grace and produced by your will to worship, bless in turn all those about you.

We leave you in peace, that undergirding strength of Love divine, now and forever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

---

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from February 15, 2004:

The question today has to do with changes of various kinds, whether it’s changing a job, or attitude, or invoking a new presence of joy, peace, and harmony. When we attempt these changes, when we make efforts in the third-density illusion to bring these changes about, we’re wondering how we can know if we’re being successful? Is there a predetermined path or way made for us already, or is this a choice we make from moment to moment totally of our own free will? How can we know if we’re exactly on the beam or not?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo, and we greet you with full hearts and happy spirits in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we are. We thank you, each of you, for joining this circle of seeking today. It is our delight to be called to this group, and we would ask, as always, simply that you use your discrimination carefully in listening to our thoughts. For, as we share them, we need you to know that we are not authorities but fellow seekers and that we share opinions rather than proven fact. Please take those thoughts that you like from what we have to say, and leave the rest behind. That will enable us to speak without being concerned that we infringe upon your free will. It is well to guard carefully those portals wherein information is taken, for that which is believed is so. And when that which is believed is sufficiently different from that which is the more natural pattern of truth, the distortion can be difficult to comprehend and difficult to perceive and therefore difficult to extricate oneself from.

Indeed, this is a portion of that which you are asking this day, for you have asked about change and how to know when the appropriate change is manifesting; how to go about making sure that the changes are indeed appropriate in the pattern of your incarnation. This instrument was speaking with the one known as B concerning the piece of the Creator’s creation which she calls “Avalon.” The one known as B was saying that he had spoken with Avalon in that voice that has no words but expresses emotions and feelings, and he felt that the land itself had been somewhat abused in the past, misused and used too hard, so that the soil was depleted of those nutrients that it would wish to have in order to support life, and that it had been neglected and abandoned. Consequently, it was shy of humans and somewhat distrustful.

It had not occurred to this instrument that it was a two-way street, for, in this instrument’s trusting and somewhat childlike way, she relates to all things and all qualities as though they were all very glad to see her, and the consequence that is indeed the reaction of the land called Avalon to the one known as Carla is that it is delighted to see this sprightly spirit and delighted to relate with her in any way she wishes. However, this instrument has not attempted to plant, nor has it asked of Avalon that which it wishes. And indeed, this is something to think about when looking at a change that is large enough that it cannot entirely be imagined. When the question is asked, “What do you want?” or “What do I want?” the question throws the thinking mind back into the world of form and not into the world of substance. However, if the question is asked of the present moment, “What does it want?,” “What does the life’s situation at this moment want of me?” that is a blind and non-intellectual question, and consequently it has a big possibility of reaping a harvest of some sense. But that sense may well be a sense of substance rather than a sense of the form of the appropriate path to take. When the question is opened up so that it is clear that there is a relationship between the self and the creation, it enlists the cooperation of the creation which is, of course, an extension of the self, just as the self is an extension of the creation and just as both are holographic in nature, reflecting the Creator.

We have often said that all is one thing, and yet, when you relate to the outer world, that seemingly outer world of consensus reality, consciously including it in the decision-making process and asking it what it wishes, the question is made whole in a very special way. It is well to consult not only the inner self but that outer self that is the system of mirrors that reflects the Creator to you, that is, the outer creation, the Earth which you inhabit, the people which are your companions upon its surface. These energies and essences also have life, sentience, and will. And, when cooperation is asked, it is immediately received. Then it is a question of continuing to listen, continuing to ask and continuing to have this living and protean dialogue that penetrates all forms and moves into the world of substance. The nature of coincidence, or synchronicity, or the unfolding of fate, if you will, is such that the more cooperation is asked and expected on a continuing basis, the more rich the sources of information will be that are eager to share information with you.

We have spoken many times about the fact that information can come through the natural world, and, indeed, it often does come through animals and elements that are in synch with the energy fields of your bodies, of your intentions, and of your hopes. So let us look at the area of intention and hope. There are two in this group, that is, three entities and two concerns, with an actual commitment of the self to a job or a new business, and there are two other concerns within this group which have to do with attempting to create from nothing a network or cooperative or collaboration which is of a mixed nature, being partially spiritual and partially worldly. The process of visioning or envisioning is important.

The group question for this session was: “The question today has to do with changes of various kinds, whether it’s changing a job, or attitude, or invoking a new presence of joy, peace, and harmony. When we attempt these changes, when we make efforts in the third-density illusion to bring these changes about, we’re wondering how we can know if we’re being successful?” Q’uo began their reply by saying we have asked about change and how to know when the appropriate change is manifesting and how to go about making sure that the changes are appropriate in the pattern of our incarnation, and Carla was  speaking about the piece of land which she calls Avalon, and B was saying that he had spoken with Avalon in a voice that has no words but expresses emotions and feelings, and he felt that the land itself had been abused in the past so that the soil was depleted of those nutrients that it would wish to have in order to support life, and that it had been neglected, so it was shy of humans and somewhat distrustful. Q’uo continued by saying that it had not occurred to Carla that in her trusting and childlike way she relates to all things and qualities as though they were all very glad to see her, and the result is the reaction of Avalon to Carla is that it is delighted to see this lovely spirit and delighted to relate with her in any way she wishes, but since Carla has not attempted to plant, nor has she asked of Avalon what it wishes that this is something for Carla to consider when looking at a change that is large enough that it cannot be imagined, so when the question is asked what Avalon wants or what Carla wants the question causes Carla’s mind to consider the world of form and not the world of substance, but if the question is asked in the present moment that is a non-intellectual question with a possibility of reaping a harvest of some sense, but that sense may be a sense of substance, and when the question is asked that shows that there is a relationship between Carla and Avalon it gets the cooperation of the land which is an extension of Carla just as Carla is an extension of the land, and both reflect the Creator. Q’uo went on to say that all is one thing, and when we relate to the outer world of consensus reality and ask what it wishes, the question is made whole in a special way so that it is well to consult not only our inner self but that outer self that is the system of mirrors that reflects the Creator to us which is the Earth which we inhabit and the people which are our companions on its surface, and these energies also have life and will so that when cooperation is asked, it is immediately received, and then it is a question of continuing to have this living dialogue that penetrates all forms and moves into the world of substance, and the nature of the unfolding of fate is such that the more cooperation is asked on a continuing basis, the more rich the sources of information will be that are eager to share information with us. Then Q’uo said that they have spoken many times about the fact that information can come through animals and elements that are in synch with the energy fields of our bodies and of our hopes, so Q’uo wanted to look at the area of intention and hope because there were three entities and two concerns in this group with a commitment to a new business, and there were two other concerns within this group which have to do with attempting to create from nothing a collaboration of a mixed nature which was partially spiritual and partially worldly, so the process of or envisioning is important. On February 13, 2010, Q’uo spoke of the value of intention and hope:

We thank all of those who asked these queries this evening. It is a great joy to us to feel that this group which sits within these modest walls has become quite large in its actual size. The reason that this is a delight to us is not because we want to attract followers or to become bigger, but rather because it is the nature of groups such as this one that you are lighthouses. And each entity doubles the energy of the entity next to you, so that even in a very modest group, you are creating a focus of light, a focus of intention and hope, that is exponentially greater than any of you could create by yourselves. And when you add all of those who are not physically in this room but who have moved into the energy of this particular circle of seeking by the questioning that they offer, then that lighthouse energy becomes exponentially greater. So, we thank each of those from wherever those queries came upon your globe and appreciate greatly the increase of light that occurs from those who are visiting in thought with this sitting circle.

From the business standpoint, of course, it is well known that one may go through a planning process in which the questions are asked of the self concerning what goals are intended, what resources come to the table to promote those goals, and so forth. It is perhaps less well understood that the same process must be followed with the environment about one and with the energies surrounding the present moment. The nexus of each present moment for each person is the self. This is why truth is so infinitely individual and personal. One is always coming from that place where the environment is known to one that has never been walked in before. The present moment finds each of you and each of us in a new world. It has taken aeons and densities and many, many incarnations, and teachers, and thoughts to bring each of us, each of you, to this precise tuning with which you greet this present moment. Consequently, your world is brand new, and nothing can be taken for granted. So, it is well to look at this new world of the present moment with new eyes, innocent of supposition and without the blinders of cynicism and manic zeal, resting, relaxing, and moving into the center of self.

Move with us, if you will, in the clockwise motion about the circle, feeling the energy of the group moving, growing and forming a temple of light about you. Now continue that exercise, but move only within the orbit of your being, and feel the part of the temple of the group that you are. Feel that smaller temple whose light moves into the group energy. Now, move deeper and deeper within that holy and sacred space within until you come to the very center of that being that you are and rest there. Stop, and sense into that quiet, living center of self which is your heart. Here is your place of rest, recuperation, and healing. Here is your place to reach out your hand to the Creator and to feel Its hand in yours before the reaching has ever been done. This is the center of your connection to guidance, truth, and stability. Were we never to speak with you another word, were there no perceived authority to offer wisdom, this center of self would be entirely sufficient to guide you, in terms of that which your desires for this incarnation were before you ever came into the experience of life with its hectic breath and its beating heart (and we may say, because of this instrument’s allergies, its itching nose). Before all of the sensations of life, the center is the place of rest and the platform from which one may spring into action, spring into expanded being, spiral into those lessons to be learned and those services to be performed.

When one is able to come to the center of self and rest, then one is much more able to ask in that sacred space, “What lies before me? What is right action? What shall I see that will enable me to have more of the sense of who I am and why I am here?” When you open your eyes from this prayer, we would ask you to be open to guidance. Keep a paper and pencil handy, ready to jot down those things that come to you in this particular moment, after this particular time of centering and resting. When you get up from such a rest, keep the center open even as you become active again in the world of consensus reality. The creation is ready to expand into those areas which fascinate you, which draw you. It is sensitive to all kinds of energy, so, if there are conflicts within your desires, these will show up in the seeming cross-purposes and the ambivalent nature of the hints and the inklings that your guidance seems to be giving you. Consequently, there is contemplation involved in attempting to discern right action and right being, contemplation of what cross-purposes there may be.

Ifthere is a dynamic where things seemingly are partially indicating one path and partially indicating another, sit and rest with that dynamic, letting the mind relax away from forms and looking at some of the underlying issues which might surround and inform this dynamic. Allow time for this procedure. Ask not simply on one day or on one occasion. Assume not that you have received the full wisdom that is available. There is a continual questing for those who wish to remain in the center of their beings, for you move on, the stream of time moves on, and the spiral of evolution moves on so that each day there is new information, there are new metamorphoses to be contemplating. And there are what this instrument has come to call distortion leavings to be released. Often that which muddies the picture for those questing for right action or right being is an over-affection for the pain, the pleasure, for the shape in general of the past, those things that have affected one in the past for weal or for woe.

So Q’uo said that from the business standpoint it is well known that we may go through a planning process in which the questions are asked of ourself concerning what goals are intended and what resources we have to promote these goals, but it is less well understood that the same process must be followed with the environment about us and with the energies of the present moment, and the center of each present moment for each person is ourself, so this is why truth is so infinitely personal because the present moment finds each of us in a new world that has taken aeons of time, densities, and many incarnations and thoughts to bring each of us to this tuning with which we greet this present moment so that our world is new, and nothing can be taken for granted, and it is well to look at this new world of the present moment with new eyes innocent of supposition and without the blinders of cynicism, resting, and then moving into the center of ourself. Then Q’uo said to move with them in a clockwise motion about the circle, feeling the energy of the group forming a temple of light about us, and continue that exercise, but move only within the orbit of our being and feel the part of the temple of the group that we are, feeling that smaller temple whose light moves into the group energy, and move deeper within that sacred space within until we come to the center of that being that we are and rest there, and sense into that quiet center of ourself which is our heart, our place of rest and healing, our place to reach out our hand to the Creator and to feel Its hand in ours before the reaching has ever been done because this is the center of our connection to guidance and truth. Q’uo said that if they never spoke another word to us, or if there were no authority to offer us wisdom, this center of ourself would be able to guide us in the ways of our desires for this incarnation were before we ever came into our life with its breath and its beating heart because this is the place of rest from which we may spring into our expanded being and move into our lessons to be learned and the services to be given. Q’uo continued by saying that when we are able to come to the center of ourself and rest, then we are more able to ask in that sacred space: “What lies before me? What is right action? What shall I see that will enable me to have more of the sense of who I am and why I am here?” So when we open our eyes from this prayer, Q’uo asked us to be open to guidance and to keep a paper and pencil ready to jot down those things that come to us in this time of centering and resting, and when we get up to keep our center open even as we become active in our life because the creation is ready to expand into those areas which fascinate us since it is sensitive to all kinds of energy, so if there are conflicts within our desires, these will show up in the ambivalent nature of the hints that our guidance seems to be giving us, so they suggested contemplation for us to attempt to discern right action and of what cross-purposes there may be. Q’uo went on to say that if we feel a dynamic where things seem to indicate one path and then indicate another path that we sit with that dynamic and look the underlying issues which might inform this dynamic, allowing time for this procedure, asking not simply on one day, but do not assume that we have received the full wisdom that is available because there is a continual questing for us if we wish to remain in the center of ourself because we move on; the stream of time moves on; and the spiral of evolution moves on so that each day there is new information to be contemplating, and there are distortion leavings to be released since: “that which muddies the picture for those questing for right action or right being is an over-affection for the pain, the pleasure, for the shape in general of the past, those things that have affected one in the past for weal or for woe.” On January 12, 2008, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the spiral of evolution:

And there is a kind of purity in that emptiness that is powerful. You become the Holy Grail which you seek because you are that cup which is now empty or that hand outstretched which has nothing in it, ready to receive that which is new, that which comes from the great original Thought to transform you as a creature so that you have become that which is new.

Then that cycle begins again, where you start from a new place in the spiral of evolution. It is if it were, in a flattened spiral, the same place you have been before in this incarnation. Yet, because it is an upward spiral, you are always moving to that place you were before with a new mind, so that you meet that repeating theme or those repeating themes of your incarnation from a new place of observation and experience.

It is just as important to release the self from past excellent experiences as it is to release the self from past misery and suffering. Does the good time in the past create or add into the reality of your present moment? If so, why? Does the pain and the sorrow that are remembered from past experiences affect, in a living and breathing way, the present moment for you? Ask yourself that. It is important to release that which has been harvested in terms of catalyst and experience. It is a natural thing to take in the food of catalyst and to digest it and work with it and get the good out of it. It is equally important to release the distortion leavings of these experiences from the system. Otherwise, they may well clog the system, making it impossible for your evolutionary energy body to absorb the nutrients of experience and be ready to take in more. If there is any lack of hunger for new things, it is entirely possible that it is because that which has been thoroughly and completely digested in one’s life has not yet been eliminated from the system. When the value of the excellent times and the difficult times of one’s past have been completely appreciated, it then becomes far easier to release these experiences.

In terms of knowing that you are on the beam, there is a talent in being able to look without looking, to know without knowing, and to walk between worlds. It is a lifting away from assumption, a lifting away from presupposition, and an opening into the possibilities that surround the moment. These possibilities are literally infinite. But which is that direction which calls? Which is that direction which wants you as much as you wish it? It is a matter of asking, and asking again, centering, and asking, centering, and asking, until the life process contains the centering and the asking, the centering and the asking far beyond even a habit and more into a way of breathing life in and breathing life out. Ask… rest… ask… rest… as a way of being, so that you are asking yourself to open to the sense of rightness, the sense of resonance that you may get through your body and any of your senses, within your heart, and various energy centers, in those signs and wonders which mean something subjectively to you personally. When the asking has become a part of the in breath, and the resting has become a part of the out breath and the time between breaths, then you have entered a state of mind, a way of being, that has the best possibility of bringing to you a richer load or harvest of information concerning the issue about which you are asking. Sometimes it is a very subtle thing and occurs over a period of time, while in other cases there are sudden and sharp epiphanies in which whole systems of the future are seen for the first time in wonderful delineation.

It is never known ahead of time what pattern shall emerge from the chaos of asking without expectation. Yet, when it comes, there is that sense of a converging pattern that will let you know that the pieces, as the one known as S said, seem to be coming together. Chaos seems to be melting into a certain quantum, a certain situation that has, to say it one way, the blessing of guidance; to say it another way, the resonance of a good pattern that fits within those parameters of your incarnation which you set up before birth. It is not that there is a fate laid out for you. The possibilities are always infinite. It is that you have created for yourself what this instrument would loosely call a mission, a personal plan of service, and learning. And, when that mission is being materially addressed, with whatever success, there is a sense of being in the right place that is unmistakable. Wait for that sense, and do not attempt to think it into place or feel it into place or in any way force the swirling mists to clear. If there is to be a misty and mysterious time, enjoy it as you would a great snow storm or a down-pouring and enriching summer rain. The vision goes away, but the heavens have opened to give life-giving moisture to the dry and thirsty soil.

Then Q’uo said it is just as important to release ourself from past excellent experiences as it is to release ourself from past misery and suffering, so they asked if our good times in the past add to the reality of our present moment, and does our pain and sorrow from past experiences affect the present moment for us? They said that it is important to release that which we have harvested in terms of catalyst and experience since it is a natural thing to take in the food of catalyst and to process it and get the good out of it, and it is equally important to release the distortion leavings of these experiences from our system, or they may clog our system and make it impossible for our energy body to absorb the nutrients of experience and be ready to take in more, so if there is any lack of hunger for new things, it is possible that it is because that which we have digested in our life has not yet been eliminated from our system, and when the value of the excellent times and the difficult times of our past have been completely appreciated, it then becomes easier for us to release these experiences. Q’uo went on to say it is just as important to release the ourself from past excellent experiences as it is to release ourself from past and suffering, so then Q’uo said that we should ask ourselves if the good times in our past create or add to our present moment because it is important to release that which has been harvested in terms of catalyst and experience and to use the catalyst as food to get our lessons out of it, and that it is equally important to release the distortion leavings of these experiences from our system or else they may clog our system, making it impossible for our energy body to absorb the nutrients of experience and be ready to take in more, so if there is any lack of hunger for new things, it is possible that it is because that which has been completely digested in our life has not yet been eliminated from the system, so when the value of the excellent times and the difficult times of one’s past have been completely appreciated, it then becomes far easier to release these experiences. Now Q’uo said that it is never known ahead of time what pattern shall emerge from the chaos of asking without expectation, but when it comes, there is that sense of a pattern that will let us know that the pieces seem to be coming together, and chaos seems to be melting into a resonance of a good pattern that fits within those parameters of our incarnation which we set up before birth so that it is not that there is a fate laid out for us because the possibilities are always infinite since we have created for ourself a personal plan of service, and learning, and when that mission is being addressed there is a sense of our being in the right place that is unmistakable, so we should wait for that sense–and not attempt to think it into place–because if there is to be a mysterious time, we can enjoy it as we would a great snow storm, and the vision goes away, but the heavens have opened to give life-giving moisture to the dry and thirsty soil. On September 5, 2010, Carla spoke at our Homecoming Gathering and described the nature of our energy body:

The Love and the Light of the infinite Creator is moving through our energy body in inexhaustible supply at all times. We can’t run out. By stopping the flow of Love through us, by clutching and contracting around our woes and our problems—which we all have—what we can do is stop that flow into the heart, and then we can’t get our hearts open all the way. The fuel is Love. It’s right here. It is inexhaustible. We don’t have to hoard it. All we have to do is live in such a way that our energy bodies are clear so that we get that energy through us at all times.

Sometimes a great deal of the moisture of spiritual water must come and, for a time, blind the vision, and it is then that faith is a powerful support, that faith that all is well. It is not a faith that things will turn out appropriately, because things actually never turn out. You may have noticed this quality of life. Things spiral continuously, moving through many scenes and moods. Nothing ends or, to put it another way, everything ends, and the story moves on without missing a beat. There is no grand finale; there is no dénouement. There is simply the ongoing spiral of light and dark, laughter, and tears, suffering and joy. Yet, beneath all of those experiences, surrounding all of that seemingly outward miasma of confusion, there remains always the place of center to which you may go. It is the closest thing to you. You may amputate arms and legs and not lose your center. You may glow incandescent as a candle without clothing, without occupation, with only the consciousness with which you came into the world of consensus reality, and you will have that center, that center that links you to all that is, to all that has been and all that will be. All you need is in that center. Perhaps that is the fundamental message we have to share this day. Rest and know all is Love. All is one; all is Love.

You are magical beings, my friends. You are not at risk, as it may seem that you are in terms of a physical life. You are citizens of eternity. You are in a very precious and hard-won place. You have cast aside all else, because you felt that this incarnation was important enough to invest your eternal self in, to go through a great deal of inconvenience and suffering just so that you might improve the balance of your own personality and serve in the consensus reality about you, to fulfill goals which you have set long ago, goals that have to do with being helpful. Rest in the knowledge that these things are in place and that there are many, many sources of information that are very dedicated to communicating with you and with the groups with which you associate.

Notice those groups about you. For this instrument, it has been a year or more of very obvious building up of the group, but, in all of the years of this instrument’s life, there has been that same process going on, and, in each of those in this circle this day, this process has been taking place. Gradually the currents of self and other-self have circled and spiraled until each has met each, and each has been drawn into this group on this day. Each entity that you meet is a portion of a group, a soul group, as the one known as S has called it, or a group of those who have often incarnated together, to work together and to serve together. So, when you are touching entities, you are touching the groups with which they are involved, and you are binding yourself and others in streams of love and mutual hope and ideals. As you go about your daily life, and as you meet each entity, see the relationship in its deeper terms, and know that energies are involved that are far, far below the level of one’s awareness. They may be sensed, and they may be followed, but they may usually not be understood. Follow those relationships, and consider the relationship and your part in it, in each case looking for the ways to support and encourage each other. There are higher selves involved in each of these groups as well and higher hopes that each of these groups may have in terms of the service of the members of that group to the planet and its people. Trust this network to be there, and expect to meet old friends as you move through the days ahead.

Above all, sharpen the energies with which you move through life by offering yourself the solace of meditation. Time in the silence cannot be overrated for returning one to that precious center, what the one known as G would call the “power of now.” Enlist the help of Gaia, as the one known as B calls the planet upon which you dwell. Walk within its precincts and allow the trees, and the wind, and the small animals to sooth you, to connect with you, and to bring you back to that precious center.

Now Q’uo said sometimes a great deal of the moisture of spiritual water must come and, for a time, blind our vision, and it is then that our support comes from our faith in knowing that all is well, but it is not a faith that things will turn out as we wish them to because things actually never turn out  that way because they spiral through many scenes and moods until everything ends, and our story moves on without missing a beat into the ongoing spiral of suffering and joy, yet beneath all of those experiences, there remains always the place of our center that links us to all that is, and all we need is in that center so that we can know all is Love and all is one. Q’uo went on to say that we are magical beings and are not at risk in our physical life because we are citizens of eternity, and we have cast aside all else because we felt that this incarnation was important enough to invest our eternal self in, to go through suffering just so that we might improve the balance of our own personality, and to serve in the consensus reality about us to fulfill goals which we have set long ago having to do with being helpful, so we should rest in the knowledge that there are many sources of information that are dedicated to communicating with us and with our spiritual groups. Q’uo continued by saying that we should observe those groups about us because each entity that we meet is a portion of a soul group or a group of those who have often incarnated together, to work together, and to serve together, so when we are touching entities we are binding ourself and others in streams of love and mutual hope so that as we go about our daily life, and we meet each entity, we can see the relationship in its deeper terms, and know that energies are involved that are far below the level of our awareness. Q’uo said that these energies may be sensed, and they may be followed, but they may usually not be understood, so we should follow those relationships, and consider the relationship and our part in it, in each case looking for the ways to support and encourage each other, and: “There are higher selves involved in each of these groups as well and higher hopes that each of these groups may have in terms of the service of the members of that group to the planet and its people. Trust this network to be there, and expect to meet old friends as you move through the days ahead.” Q’uo completed their reply by saying that we should sharpen the energies with which we move through life by offering ourself the comfort of meditation because time in the silence cannot be overrated for returning to our precious center, which could be called the “power of now,” and ask for Gaia’s help, the planet upon which we dwell, and walk within its natural surroundings, and allow the trees, and the wind, and the small animals to sooth us, to connect with us, and to bring us back to our precious center. On May 1, 1983, Hatonn described the comfort of meditation:

If you are able through meditation to keep the realization fresh that your beingness does not depend upon anything, but is, and has been, and will be as it is, then you can begin to experience those gifts given to what that same holy book has called the poor in heart. We realize that this may be confusing to those who are attempting with a full heart and sincere purpose to seek the one infinite Creator, for there is a great deal of intention and purpose needed to set one’s feet upon the path and to keep one’s feet moving, to pick oneself up when one falls, to open oneself to the comfort of meditation when one does not even feel worthy of such a state of being. But each of you is already full of purpose, full of desire and seriously seeking. Therefore, the balance is necessary. You seek for yourself, and then you give what you have sought back to the infinite Creator. You can lose nothing. You can gain nothing. You are always on this journey. You are always on the brink of an utterly indescribable joy.

This instrument informs us that we need at this time to open the meeting to questions. Are there questions at this time beyond that which we have spoken?

G: Q’uo, I’m not sure of how exactly it is that the quarantine works around this planet, but, working within those principles, is it possible that an entity or a group of incarnate entities could request and create a physical meeting with beings of an extraterrestrial nature or higher density beings of a positive nature on this planet?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We do not choose to give this instrument any information upon this point for two reasons. Firstly, attempts of this nature create an energy that we do not consider particularly desirable. Secondly, the attempt to create such a meeting is much like sending out a “CQ” on a ham radio. The entities who are monitoring these particular ham radio bands are, however, for the most part negative.

The infringement upon free will in giving further information is such that we find that we are not able to speak further. However we would say that the energies of the one known as B have already brought to you, the one known as G, experiences of meetings with entities that are not human and are certainly very positive, and we speak now of those entities on Avalon which this instrument has often called devas and which have a great deal of life and reality of their own. This kind of open questing is quite desirable, and we would recommend that, instead of attempting to meet an extraterrestrial, you simply attempt to meet the many, many entities around you with which you have not yet become acquainted.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: No, that was cool. I don’t think I or anybody else has big plans to do so. I was just curious. Thank you, Q’uo.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother. Is there a query at this time?

B: I have one that’s not directly on this topic. I was wondering what the role of the social memory complex was in the development of consciousness?

Q’uo: We are aware of your query, my brother, but are having trouble with a response because of the fact that, as far as we are aware, consciousness is, and it is not in need of being, shall we say, developed.

B: Growth is perhaps a better term?

Q’uo: Would you rephrase the question, my brother?

B: I was examining the social memory complex, and, as we enter the seventh sub-density of the third density, Ra has said that we can actually form these structures, and I was wondering how that would interact with our conscious spiritual growth? I mean, why does the social memory dominate in the fourth density? What do we learn from this experience?

Q’uo: We are now far more aware of your query, my brother. The social memory complex is as if you had opened your arms and said, “Everybody in,” as if you were the Creator, and you had accepted everyone that was about you into your heaven. The energy of this formation enhances and intensifies the purity and the clarity of the individual’s ability to open into unconditional love, or, in other words, to become a part of the social memory complex. So, as soon as a social memory complex begins to be formed, simply by leaning into the power of that group being or essence, you are allowing the self to become more and more attuned to that sublime or supernal nature of the self which truly feeds into the social memory complex.

You see, my brother, when experience is taken in at the level of consensus reality and conscious thought, much of the detail of the actual transactions taking place between entities is lost. The nuances are washed away by the grossness of words and actions, and the intentions, the energies that are being exchanged between two people, or a person and a place, or a person and a situation, are grossly oversimplified so that they can be consciously understood. Even in the most subtle and quick mind, there is that limit of rapidity of the accumulation of fact and the intuition, the ability for direct insight, is hampered. What the social memory complex does as entities move into it and begin to, shall we say, “get it” is to empower and enable the personal shell of personality to relax and lift away from specificity so that it may become less reactive and more stable. The personality shell of third density is unnecessary in fourth density, and the great gift of the seventh sub-octave of third density is that the social memory complex has enough energy now to be accessed by intention.

May we answer you further, my brother?

B: One quick point. Would the attempts to form a social memory complex here or, more specifically, at Avalon, be in any way disruptive to the non-human life that’s there now, that which you referred to as devas and the plants and animals being of lower densities?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Indeed, were social memory being attempted, as if in a vacuum, as if only with people, certainly this would be perhaps less than optimal in terms of the energy of that portion of Gaia to which you refer, and this is why the instrument, in its talk with you at an earlier time, had the intuition that the land must be a portion of the questing for the social memory complex being formed upon its sacred ground. To form a social memory complex with the full cooperation of the earth that it contains is to make each place so included a sacred space. It most definitely would be appropriate to include the Earth itself as a part of the social memory complex, for the Earth is a very sentient and very conscious being.

May we answer you further, my brother?

B: So you would see no problem with second-density life being exposed to a fourth-density concept, thinking basically of the plants and things we would like to grow there. Now, my concern is this: a lot of times when higher concepts are introduced too early in a developmental stage, they might bias the development as I see here, when the Confederation introduced entities from other worlds to our planet. Do you understand what I’m trying to get at?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. If it were forced upon this entity, Gaia, that such and such a group wished to do such and such a thing here and it was simply told to the land, then, yes, my brother, there would be the lack of respect. However, the second density and the first density, unlike the third density, dwell within the creation of the Father that the fourth density dwells within, so that in a way, moving into the social memory complex energy is returning to oneness with the creation of the Father. And indeed this works more synergistically than third density is able to with these nature spirits and with the planet itself.

May we answer you further, my brother?

B: That clarified it sufficiently, thank you.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother. Is there a query at this time?

G: Q’uo, I usually wouldn’t ask a question like this, but I’m just really curious. How did it come to be that the three of us, B, V, and I, all had a dream about a volcano, and two of us had a dream about a Polynesian named Bob? Could you maybe speak to the symbolism and why it was that we had really similar dreams, please?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother, and, as you perhaps surmised, we leave this work to you.

Is there a final query at this time?

S: I have a question. We’ve noticed of late that the difficult times Carla calls psychic greeting, or what has been termed the dark brotherhood, have given very intensive interference to myself and those of my soul family group. I have asked the guidance source whom I call “The Seven Dwarves” about this. They were quite reluctant to give me any specific details. I recall that, similarly, I had asked you at one time, and you were also reluctant to give me specific information and just your opinion and your ideas. What is the meaning or spiritual reason behind that?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The nature of so-called psychic greeting, or psychic attack, or the influence of darkness is such that it seems to be coming in from without and seems to be a threat that is outer to one’s own self. And yet the mechanism by which these greetings are attracted is the desire to stand in the light. The harder and more fervent the desire to be of the light and to serve at one’s highest and best, the more sharply delineated are those portions of the shadow side of yourself that have not come into full harmony and acceptance within the self as loved, forgiven, and redeemed. Only you as a self, falling in love with the self and going through a full circuit of forgiving, accepting, redeeming of self, can do the work that enables one not to have the chinks in the armor, as this instrument would say, of light. That armor of light shall always have chinks. It shall always, within third-density incarnation, be imperfect, because were you able to be perfect, it would be time for you to move on, and you would simply not any longer be of third density. You would go through the experience of physical death so that your energy body, your soul, would be free to move into a more appropriate garment for continuing your experience.

Consequently, those who seek to stand the closest to the light are those who shall bring about the rightness or readiness for the experience of being tried, tested, greeted, attacked, or overshadowed. These are all subjective terms which describe a situation where one feels invaded or intruded upon or encroached upon. What is encroaching upon the self in a metaphysical sense in psychic greeting is the shadow side of one’s own self. So, when it is experienced from without, then it is well to take that mirror that is the dog barking at one, the wolf biting at one, and look to see within the self what portion of that shadow side, what vagrant part of the past, what relationship that has not been thought upon sufficiently, is truly causing the distortion within that has caused the wolf to bite just in such and such a way, so that responsibility is taken. And then, once responsibility is taken, and it is seen that there is nothing to fear, for it is only the self, then it is helpful to be able to release the fear and the contraction around this greeting, so that it no longer is a threat, it is simply that which is occurring. Then the work towards healing of the situation may be done without the additional stumbling block of fear blocking one’s own path of forward progress.

May we answer you further, my brother?

S: It’s an interesting thing for me to consider. I will have to think on it. Thank you very much.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother. We find it is time to depart from this group, as this group’s energy wanes somewhat, and it is well to leave this instrument while there is still plenty of energy to make a good farewell. And so we do offer you farewell, reminding you always that we are with you whenever you should mentally request it, to strengthen and support you, without words but with love and energy.

We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I placed the new chairs around the living room for the public channeling meditation that will take place in my home this afternoon. Then I turned off the printer and house phone and lit a couple of sticks of incense.

This afternoon the meditation started at 1 pm, and we had eleven seekers that began the round robin by sharing their name, where they were from, and the most important part of their spiritual journey at this time. It was an especially open-hearted sharing, and I was glad to be a part of this group of sweet souls. There were only four questions for those of Q’uo, so we had more time after the channeling session to talk with each other and share more about our spiritual journeys and how we are moving forward on them.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

February 23

Blessedness

I am the living spirit of divine Love, and I greet you in the blessed name of Jesus the Christ.

Has the concept of “blessed” touched your life, your thoughts, and your feelings in the last little while? Does the sweep of your life include consecration? We surely hope that it may.

And if it does not, we who speak of divine Love and bear the consciousness of that Love urge each seeker to gaze in faith upon the blessedness of that which lies before you this day. For each moment is sanctified to the sanctified eye, ear, and heart.

Surely, we who came to comfort shall comfort still and be with each. And if blessedness is escaping your consciousness, turn within and ask in humility to be shown that vision of beatitude which lies within each event which comes before you.

For those who act are all blessedly loved by the divine consciousness which is Love. That Love strives to move into a world of illusion and shadow. May your consciousness of blessedness lighten the area about you. May your vision, given by grace and produced by your will to worship, bless in turn all those about you.

We leave you in peace, that undergirding strength of Love divine, now and forever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

---

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from December 21, 2003:

Today we are taking pot luck, so, Q’uo, we would be glad to hear anything you’d like to share with us.

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo, and we greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we come to you today. We thank you for the great privilege of calling us to your group by your desire to seek the truth. It is always a pleasure to be called to this group. We would ask only one thing of you and that is, as always, that you listen to those things which we have to say with a jaundiced and careful ear, being quick to discard and toss away any idea or thought that does not suit you and keeping only those things which seem to you to have resonance and a personal meaning that speaks to you specifically. We feel that we are no authority figures but rather those companions who walk with you upon the road of the seeker. If you will guard your own thought processes, we shall feel free to share our thoughts with you without being concerned that we infringe upon your free will.

We find that this group does not have any opening question for us, and that gives us the opportunity to move into those energies that are unspoken and that may perhaps be addressed in a less than specific and direct way by those things that we might share. We are aware that the energy of the time you call Christmas is very much within this group and within your culture at this time. And it is interesting to observe the lack of joy with which many entities approach the dark times of winter solstice, for indeed that is the energy of this particular season of the year, that energy of the dark and the sleep of hibernation and winter. It is a time when it is very easy for those entities who are close to passing from the incarnation to have a more than usual opportunity to greet the dark, with its invitation to all to come and be a part of that darkness.

It is a seduction that brings many to that passage betwixt incarnation through what is called death to the next stage of consciousness for that entity. The inner planes having received all entities who pass through the gateway of death, so it is then the opportunity of each entity, having made that passage, to discover, for himself and herself, what the next step is. Is it a step of healing, a step of review and examination of the life just passed? Or is it, in some cases, that entities who pass through the gates of death are quite conscious of the opportunity being offered to work within the inner planes and so are most eager to move on into new work, new projects, and new service?

For those who are at all drawn to the dark, this is that time during the season of the year when that invitation will seem more seductive than usual. It is, paradoxically, a time when the deepest impulses of entities are to lighten the darkness, to energize that darkness with gaiety and noise and movement, as if such hectic pleasures might distract the souls dwelling within from their preoccupation with the gathering darkness. That invitation, that seduction of the dark, is often set very deeply within the gaiety of your celebrations. It is as though the energies of humankind, not knowing how to cooperate with the darkness, find it necessary to throw up defenses against the darkness and deny the reality of the darkness. For darkness is not simply a physical thing. It is not simply the absence of a sun body within your atmosphere. Certainly, that physical darkness is a huge part of the way darkness feels, that experience of the lack of light. Yet, the energies of this season are more than, and other than, physical. In part, the darkness that is physical darkness is complemented or paired with the shadow of self, the darkness of self, that entities such as this instrument would always prefer not to deal with, because it is, while undeniably a part of the personality, not considered a desirable part of the personality. We feel that perhaps this might deserve a good look, this attempt to make all things bright, to lift everything up to the light, and to have a merry and a happy season.

Certainly, each within the circle has experienced the hectic nature of this particular season in, as the one known as T said, the cycle of Christmas and Christmas doings. The one known as T was saying that it would seem obvious that entities could wish each other good and send thoughts to each other without the necessity for purchasing items, without the necessity for getting certain items and yet, year upon year, and century upon century, entities faced with the shortest of the days and the longest of the nights of the year turn hungrily towards the festivities that make a brave show in the face of all of that darkness and shadow.

Let us look at the story of Christmas, in that it is a story with darkness within it. The biblical story that this instrument knows from its Sunday school has a beauty to it, the beauty of innocent birth, and angelic visitors, and wise men of the Earth who also come to honor a tiny child. Yet, it is perhaps not emphasized, but certainly part of the story, that the mother of this entity, the one known as Jesus, was brought to childbed without the convenience or the respect of having been married first. Further, this entity was then asked to marry an older gentlemen who was not particularly amused by the pregnancy that presumably happened by Spirit’s hand alone. And further, in the very last extremities of pregnancy, this odd couple was forced to travel in the middle of winter, in inclement weather, to a place where there was no bed waiting for them at the other end, so that when the one known as Mary gave birth, it was in a stable, and the infant Jesus slept in a manger that was full of hay. These details speak of the physical and the metaphysical darkness of the season, the inconvenience of Spirit, the demands of the spiritual life, the demand of this infant to be born—not waiting for marriage, not waiting for propriety, but insisting upon being born, in the darkness, in the cold, in the stable—without convenience, or planning, or foresight. Simply, “It is time, and now I shall appear.”

The group decided to take potluck for this session, and Q’uo began by saying that that gave them the opportunity to move into those energies that are unspoken and that may be addressed in a less direct way by those things that they might share, and Q’uo said that they are aware that the energy of Christmas is very much within this group and within our culture at this time, and it is interesting to observe the lack of joy with which many entities approach the dark times of winter solstice, for indeed that is the energy of this season of the year, that energy of the dark and the sleep of hibernation and winter, a time when it is easy for those entities who are close to passing from the incarnation to have a greater opportunity to greet the dark, with its invitation to all to come and be a part of that darkness. Q’uo continued by saying that it is a temptation that brings many to that passage between incarnations through what is called death to the next stage of consciousness for that entity, and the inner planes having received all entities who pass through the gateway of death offer the opportunity for each entity to discover what the next step is which could be a step of healing, or a step of review and examination of the life just completed, or it could be that entities who pass through the gates of death are conscious of the opportunity being offered to work within the inner planes and are eager to move into new work and new service. Q’uo went on to say that for those who are drawn to the dark, this is that time during the season of the year when that invitation will seem more seductive than usual because it is a time when our deepest impulses are to energize that darkness with gaiety and movement, as if such pleasures might distract us from our preoccupation with the gathering darkness so that seduction of the dark is often set very deeply within the gaiety of our celebrations, and it is as though the energies of humankind, not knowing how to cooperate with the darkness, find it necessary to throw up defenses against the darkness and deny the reality of the darkness, for darkness is not simply the absence of the sun body within our atmosphere, though that physical darkness is a huge part of the way darkness feels, it is also the experience of the lack of light, but the energies of this season are other than physical because the darkness that is physical darkness is paired with the darkness of ourself so that entities would always prefer not to deal with it because it is not considered a desirable part of our personality, so Q’uo felt that this might deserve a good look: this attempt to make all things bright, to lift everything up to the light, and to have a merry and a happy season. Now Q’uo said that each of us within the circle has experienced the hectic nature of this particular season in the cycle of Christmas and Christmas gatherings that we could wish each other well  without the necessity for giving gifts, and yet year after year as we are faced with the shortest of days and the longest of nights of the year we turn hungrily towards the festivities that make a brave show in the face of all of that darkness and shadow. Then Q’uo said that they wanted to look at the story of Christmas that has darkness within it, the biblical story that Carla knows from her Sunday school which has the beauty of innocent birth, angelic visitors, and wise men of the Earth who also come to honor a tiny child, and the mother of Jesus did not have the respect of having been married first so that when she was asked to marry an older gentlemen who was not amused by the pregnancy that presumably happened by Spirit’s hand alone, this odd couple was forced to travel in the middle of winter, in inclement weather, to a place where there was no bed waiting for them at the other end, so that when Mary gave birth it was in a stable, and the infant Jesus slept in a manger that was full of hay, and these details speak of the physical and the metaphysical darkness of the season, the inconvenience of Spirit: “the demands of the spiritual life, the demand of this infant to be born—not waiting for marriage, not waiting for propriety, but insisting upon being born, in the darkness, in the cold, in the stable—without convenience, or planning, or foresight. Simply, “It is time, and now I shall appear.” On May 18, 1997, Q’uo spoke of the nature of metaphysical darkness:

In the parables of the one known as Jesus this entity frequently said at the end of a story, “Let him who has ears to hear, hear.” And this is the quest of each seeker, to develop ears that hear ever more accurately the song of love that rushes through each moment of experience. Third density, your Earth plane, is a world of great solitude and sorrow, with each entity shut up from each other entity in ways that do not occur before this density or after it. This is a density of metaphysical darkness lit only by that pale moon of hope and faith. And yet in this dim light there lies a depth of truth that shall never be touched again, for only in this density has the Creator given Itself the luxury of not knowing. Thusly, as each experiences himself, the Creator experiences Itself in an unspoiled and untouched way, totally spontaneous and totally free, and if that entity that is you finds that heart of love that is the deepest truth, that finding is completely real for it is not at the surface of things that this truth is obvious. It is not obvious that all is one. It is not clear at all that each entity is a creature and a child of Love. Indeed, it is only by blind faith that we can begin to apprehend that which we do not know and yet that which we do know, Love itself.

Such is the nature of your own spirit. It is nurtured in the darkness of the season, and you are brought to childbed with it as the timing of your own process pulls you into new birth, the birth of your own spiritual self, within incarnation. For that is one of the great values of being in incarnation. You are able, when you become conscious of the situation of incarnation and its advantages, to determine within incarnation to awaken that sleeping soul within that has been brought along into incarnation within you but certainly hidden, sometimes fairly deeply, within the stuff of personality, culture, and conditioning.

In the darkness within the self lie both the riches of the soul and the less appreciated of the riches of the shadow side of that soul. As you bring this infant that is you as a soul into conscious awareness and begin to nurture that part of yourself as if it were an infant that needed love and tending, you begin to pull that structure within you that is the witness to all that you undergo in incarnation into more clarity. It is that witness that can release thoughts of the darkness and thoughts of the gaiety and simply continue witnessing as that child within begins to express itself, to reach towards the light that it sees, to begin to have the energy and vitality to move upon its own and to begin to grow within incarnation. As you go about nurturing this beautiful portion of the inner self, we would ask you also to look very carefully to find the wolf that bites, to find the murderer, the thief, the adulterer; to find that entity within the self that truly does partake of the darkness of self-good, that part of selfhood that is self-involved, that has the impulse to think first of the self. This is a good time of year to focus into that neglected portion of the self and to invite it into the warm and gently lighted circle of your own heart’s hearth.

It is as though there are parts of the self that have been denied because they are too dark, they are too seemingly selfish, or evil, or harsh, or rough. And yet, that whole entity which you are cannot function without all, both the light and the dark, of its nature. Many times entities who polarize towards beauty, and truth, and purity feel that they must deny and leave behind those shadow portions of self. And yet we would ask you not to leave behind one iota of that 360 degrees of self that you do possess. For all of the voices within you, all of the 180 degrees of “good” and 180 degrees of that which you label “not good,” are necessary to integrate into one peaceful kingdom within.

Many are the times that this instrument has asked the question, “What is peace?” For she meditates on behalf of peace each night. And one of the keys to understanding peace, the concept of peace as a living thing and not as a dead idea, is to realize that peace is the complete and harmonious integration of light and dark, so that all is in balance within the whole entity and all of that entity’s faculties are brought to bear on a situation, not simply those faculties towards the good but those faculties that might be considered towards the negative. For the thief, the coveter, the lazy one, all of those dark voices within, can be charmed into becoming the bedrock of will that puts grit into the expression of love that the “light” part of self has no trouble expressing. Yet when the going becomes rough, it is that dark side of self that is able to take hold in difficult situations and endure. That same darkness that could be the wolf that bites, then has become the best support possible for the light. And this is the hoped-for result of an incarnation full of both the light and the dark as the seasons revolve and as the seasons of inner life revolve as well.

So, we take this opportunity to praise the dark as well as the light, and to ask each of you to work on embracing all parts of the self, loving, honoring, and respecting each and finding ways each day to come into more conscious harmony of being. As you are able to find your kingdom within becoming peaceable, just to that extent shall you be able to be a force for peace to those about you. No matter how you strive, if you do not embrace the dark side of self, you shall ever be less of a messenger for peace and more of a voice that has not the force and directness to project into the Earth plane with all of its inner planes of energy.

Then Q’uo said that such is the nature of our own spirit that is nurtured in the darkness of the season, and we are brought to childbed with it as the timing of our process pulls us into the birth of our own spiritual self within this incarnation, and this is one of the great values of being in incarnation because we are able, when we become conscious of the advantages of our incarnation, to determine to awaken our soul within us that has been brought along into incarnation within us but hidden within the stuff of  our personality and culture. Q’uo went on to say that in the darkness within ourself are both the riches of the soul and the less appreciated of the riches of the shadow side of our soul, and as we bring this infant that we are as a soul into conscious awareness and begin to nurture that part of ourself as if it were an infant that needed love and tending, we begin to pull that structure within us that is the witness to all that we undergo in our incarnation into clarity, so it can release thoughts of darkness and continue witnessing as that child within us begins to have the energy and vitality to move upon its own and to begin to grow within incarnation so that as we go about nurturing this beautiful portion of our inner self, Q’uo asked us to look carefully to find the murderer, the thief, and that entity within our self that does partake of the darkness of  that part of ourself that has the impulse to think first of the self, and this is a good time of year to focus into that neglected portion of ourself and to invite it into the warm and gently lighted circle of our own heart’s hearth. Q’uo continued by saying that it is as though there are parts of ourself that have been denied because they are too dark and selfish, and yet that whole entity which we are cannot function without both the light and the dark of our nature, and many times when we who polarize towards beauty, truth, and purity feel that we must deny those shadow portions of ourself, but Q’uo asked us not to leave behind one iota of that 360 degrees of self that we possess because all of the voices within us, all of the 180 degrees of “good” and 180 degrees of that which we label “not good,” are necessary to integrate into one peaceful kingdom within. Then Q’uo said that many times Carla has asked the question, “What is peace?” because she meditates on behalf of peace each night, and one of the keys to understanding the concept of peace as a living thing is to realize that peace is the complete and harmonious integration of light and dark, so that all is in balance within our whole being,  and all of our energies are brought to bear on a situation, not simply those energies towards the good but those energies that might be considered towards the negative because the thief and the lazy one, and all of those dark voices within us can be invited into becoming the bedrock of our will that puts grit into the expression of love that the “light” part of ourself has no trouble expressing, but when the going gets tough it is our dark side of self that is able to take hold in difficult situations and endure, so that same darkness has become the best support possible for the light, and this is the hoped-for result of our incarnation that is full of both the light and the dark as the seasons revolve and as the seasons of inner life revolve as well. Q’uo completed their reply by saying that they wanted to take this opportunity to praise the dark as well as the light, and to ask each of us to work on embracing all parts of ourself by loving and respecting each and finding ways each day to come into more conscious harmony within our being, and as we are able to find our kingdom within becoming peaceable, in that same way shall we be a force for peace to those about us, and no matter how we live, if we do not embrace the dark side of ourself, we shall always be less of a messenger for peace and more of a voice that has not the force and directness to project into the Earth plane with all of its inner planes of energy. On November 18, 1996, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the dark side of ourselves:

Unity, when it is absolute, is without awareness. Each of you is a portion of that unborn and undying awareness, that heart of all creation that is the one original Thought. Within that thought of infinite Love there lies no shadow. However, we as well as you walk the path of duality and exist within a series of physical vehicles, enjoying the experience of living within various densities and conditions of body, mind, emotion, and spirit. In all of these densities of unimaginable variety lies duality.

Thusly, it is well to remember that the light side and the dark side of your self alike are portions of that shell of manifestation which represents the totality of your self. The learning, the experiencing, the growing that is done within incarnations throughout the densities is a growth hemmed in on every side by limitation. Within this world of finity the light and dark create a tremendous dynamic. Within this dynamic rest all of those who sleep; that is, all of those who are within incarnation yet who are not yet aware of themselves as Consciousness experiencing Itself. Those who are spiritually unawakened rest in the center of that dynamic betwixt light and dark.

This instrument’s head is full of angels at this time of year, the angels of heaven, praising God and saying, “Glory to God in the highest and peace to men of good will.” We wish you those angels, we wish you the truth of this precious dark time. May each of you move into that time with quietness and confidence, allowing the great washes of emotion and memory to move through your thoughts and your feelings, washing you and leaving you golden and rested and truly at peace. We would ask if there are any queries at this time before we leave this instrument.

J: Yeah, Q’uo, I’ve got a question. The veil is very thin at this time, and I was wondering what your impression is? I know it’s always a good time to meditate. Are there any suggestions that you could make? Is there a way to connect with the thinness of the veil, right now, today, tomorrow? Is there anything that we can do to share in that thinness?

Q’uo: We are aware of your query, my sister. Certainly, there is truth to your concept. It is indeed a time when the energies of the Earth and its inner planes are very transparent to the outer world. The idea of meditation is certainly a good one. We have difficulty imagining a situation in which we would say anything else than that about meditation! However, one item that is possible in order to connect with the energy of this time would be that which this instrument would call a solstice declaration. At the solstice, it is a very efficacious time to express those things which you wish to give to the dark: the greed, the world hunger, the illnesses of the world and so forth, all of those things which you may consider to be less that optimal. These can be named and given to the dark and the health of this action is in releasing those energies from the consciousness within your self. It is as though this is a good time to connect with the energies that this instrument knows of as Shiva the Destroyer, to hand those things to the Mother, as it were, that you wish to release from your self. “World hunger, I give it to the dark! War and the bestiality of war, I give it to the dark!” It is well to create more of a festive party atmosphere to this energy, so that those who take part in it may feel the joy of the release of these impressions.

May we answer you further, my sister?

J: No thank you, Q’uo, and happy winter solstice to you.

Q’uo: We thank you as well, my sister. Is there another query at this time?

As we seem to have exhausted the queries of this group, we shall take our leave of you, thanking each of you for taking precious time to sit in a circle of seeking and asking. We are with you, whenever you would ask us to be, to help you with your meditation or to be a presence that makes you feel safer. You have only to ask mentally, and we shall be with you. We leave each of you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai my friends. Adonai.

This morning I discovered that the fountain on the fishpond had once again shot out of the fishpond, and the level of the fishpond was down about five inches although the fountain was barely running when I went out to check on it. I decided that I would leave it as it is now, with the pump turned off, and hope for warmer weather next week so that all the ice that is encompassing the motor and replace it with a new motor.

This afternoon I ran some errands with my first stop at AutoZone where I bought two containers of 50:1 2 cycle engine oil. My second stop was at Paul’s Fruit Market where I bought some food for myself. My third stop was at Walgreens’ Drug Store where I bought some Pepsi-Zero and some hair thickener.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

February 21

The Key

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of divine Love.

We who dwell in Love ask that this day be a day of forgiveness.

In each situation betwixt two entities there is the constant opportunity for miscommunication, misunderstanding, and hard feelings.

In every situation where one must wait in traffic or in your stores, there lie many, many opportunities for the forgiveness of rudeness in others and that same impulse in yourself.

Make this a day when there is nothing so terrible that it cannot be forgiven in your heart. Allow your heart to be made soft. For forgiveness, given again and again and again, is the key to the full realization of the Love of Christ.

We leave you in love and peace, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

---

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from November 16, 2003:

Q’uo, our question today concerns the eternal present moment. A human author urges us to access the power of now. He states that in the present, suffering cannot exist because suffering depends on time. We are told, time and time again, that time is an illusion. So, we would like to know what exactly is the “power of now”? How can we gain access to that power? How can we live more and more in the moment? How can we realize that we are creatures of the moment? What does the present moment look like to one that has discovered it? What results can be expected in a seeker who indeed has discovered the present moment?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo, and we greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we are happy to be and in Whose service we come to you today. We thank you so much for calling us to your circle of seeking by your desire to seek the truth. It is a great honor to us to be asked for our opinion and indeed it is our method of service at this time. So, it is a great help to us to be able to speak with you since that is our method of service to others. It is a very precious thing to us, and we shall do our best to share thoughts with you that will be helpful. However, in order for us to be able to speak freely, we would ask of you, as always, that each of you employ your discrimination very carefully in listening to those things which we have to suggest. For we are in every case not those of authority but those who are as you, students and seekers of the truth, of that great mystery. We do not know the mystery, but we seek it as do you, and we are glad to offer our notes from the road with the understanding that you will take only those things which are fair to you and leave behind without a second thought anything that does not sound just right. For truly each of you can recognize and resonate with your own personal truth.

You ask this evening concerning the present moment, the now, and how it may be discovered, recognized, entered, enjoyed, appreciated and, above all perhaps, how it may be learned from. In order to speak about this interesting subject, we would begin with some thoughts regarding time itself. The illusion of time is that which allows your experience to occur within your being. Without the illusion of time and space, without the structure that the Creator has builded for your particular body, mind, and spirit to dwell in, you would not be able to process catalyst into experience. You would indeed not have catalyst. You would simply be. This is in fact your true state. You are, period. It is not that you are a human or that you are a soul or that you are any quality or condition, you are a part of all that is. You are an Is-ness. It is very difficult for us to express this concept through words. But beneath all movement, you already and eternally are.

Sincethat sounds like such a delightful state, one wonders perhaps why the Creator would indeed create a house, such as the universe which you enjoy, which is nothing but an illusion, or a system of illusions that are interpenetrating. The reason is that about which we were speaking recently, that first distortion of Free Will. The Creator chose to know Itself. And in order to know Itself, It created, with Love and with Light, a creation in which entities could examine whatever of the material of their essence or Is-ness that they wished to examine, against a backdrop that seemed plausible and solid so that there would be a believable, self-correcting, consensus reality dream in which all of those within a planetary system, such as yours, could take part and help each other to learn more about that entity which all of you are or which each of you is. For, again this is difficult to say. While each of you is utterly unique, at the same time each of you is a part of one energy system which is the Creator. You are in the process of learning from your inner self with the help of your outer or other selves.

The world, then, may be seen as a dream, as a kingdom, or as a prison. But certainly, your physical world, though an illusion, is quite solid, quite substantial, and quite believable. Without time, you would not be able to have the experience of consecutivity. You would not be born, live, and die, rather you would exist in a being born, dying, and everything-in-between-state, all in a big soup. The desire of the Creator was that hope of becoming a fuller, more richly realized beingness. There was a dedication of the principle of Godhead to an examination of self, a celebration of self, and a learning about self.

Each of you, then, is a spark of that Creator Who has chosen at this time to come into this particular environment of what this instrument calls third density, to live in incarnation amongst others of your kind, being mirrors for others, to reflect to them that truth which they offer you, seeing the mirrors of others that reflect the truth of you back to yourself, and, through all of the mazes and mirrors, beginning to come to a competency of understanding regarding the nature of the illusion that allows you, as a spirit who is seeking the truth, to penetrate more and more that which is not of the essence of self, so that more and more, you are able to take life lightly, to remove from the self the feeling of prison and to replace that with the feeling of the dream or of the kingdom.

There are many ways to lose that feeling of being a slave to time or being imprisoned within time and space. We certainly recommend meditation, as always, but there are many ways to shake the trammels of the noon-day thoughts and chores and businesses in order to lift up from that mental narrowness of thought that does not remember who you are or why you are here. It is very easy to be caught up in the never-ending series of lists, as the one known as T1 was seeing; the doing of things on a daily basis, as the one known as Jim was saying to this instrument earlier, the never ending mountain of chores to be done and duties to be fulfilled. How easy it is to become completely convinced that these are the building blocks of a complete existence! Yet, in and of themselves, there is no real substance or meaning in these things. There is simply that structure which allows experience. Without further seeking, then, the world may seem a kind of prison where the sentence is life, and the eventual sentence is death. One cannot escape the life except by the door of death, and when one escapes by that door, as far as those remaining can see, that entity has become nothing, dust has returned to dust, and the cycle of life and death is completed.

The group question for this session was: “Q’uo, our question today concerns the eternal present moment. A human author urges us to access the power of now. He states that in the present, suffering cannot exist because suffering depends on time. We are told, time and time again, that time is an illusion. So, we would like to know what exactly is the “power of now”? How can we gain access to that power? How can we live more and more in the moment?” Q’uo began their reply by saying you ask this evening concerning the present moment, and how it may be discovered, entered, and how it may be learned from, and in order to speak about this interesting subject they began with some thoughts regarding the illusion of time as that which allows our experience to occur within our being because without the illusion of time and space, without the structure that the Creator has created for our particular body, mind, and spirit to dwell in, we would not be able to process catalyst into experience; we would not have catalyst; we would simply be, and this is our true state, but it is not that we are a soul, or that we are any quality because we are a part of all that is, and beneath all movement, we eternally are. Q’uo went on to say that since that sounds like such a delightful state, why did the Creator create the universe which we enjoy which is nothing but a system of illusions that are interpenetrating, and Q’uo said the reason was the first distortion of Free Will where the Creator chose to know Itself, and in order to know Itself, It created, with Love and Light, a creation in which we could examine whatever of the material of essence that we wished to examine within an environment that seemed solid so that there would be a believable consensus reality dream in which all of those within a planetary system could take part and help each other to learn more about that entity which each of us is because while each of us is utterly unique, at the same time each of us is a part of one energy system which is the Creator, and we are in the process of learning from our inner self with the help of our outer or other selves. Q’uo continued by saying that the world may be seen as a dream, as a kingdom, or as a prison, but our physical world, though an illusion, is quite solid and quite believable, but without time, we would not be able to have the experience of moving in time since we would not be born, live, and die, rather we would exist in being born, dying, and in an everything-in-between-state, all in a big soup so that the desire of the Creator was that hope of becoming a more richly realized beingness since the Creator was dedicated to an examination of Itself, a celebration of Itself, and a learning about Itself. Then Q’uo said each of us is a spark of that Creator Who has chosen  to come into this environment of third density and to live in incarnation among others of our kind, being mirrors for each other and reflect to them that truth which they offer us, seeing the mirrors of others that reflect the truth of us back to ourself, and through all of the mirrors, beginning to come to an understanding the nature of the illusion that allows us, as a spirit who is seeking the truth, to penetrate more and more that which is not of the essence of ourself so that we are able to take life lightly and to remove from ourself the feeling of prison and to replace that with the feeling of the kingdom. Now Q’uo said that there are many ways to lose that feeling of being imprisoned within time and space, and they recommended meditation, but there are many ways to shake the restrictions of the thoughts and chores in order to move ourselves from that mental narrowness of thought that does not remember who we are or why we are here because it is easy to be caught up in the never-ending series of lists of chores to be done, and it is easy to become convinced that these are the building blocks of our complete existence, yet there is no real meaning in these things so that there is simply that structure which allows experience, and without further seeking the world may seem a kind of prison where the sentence is life, and the eventual sentence is death, and we cannot escape the life except by the door of death, and when we escape by that door, as far as those remaining can see, we have become nothing; dust has returned to dust; and the cycle of life and death is completed. On March 25, 1989, Latwii spoke of the nature of the door of death:

For the most part, the reason that there is so little of communication between those who have moved through the door of death and those who remain within the conscious incarnation is that there is little, if any, attempt made by those remaining incarnate to communicate with those who have moved into what you would call the discarnate or state of consciousness on the other side of the door of death. There is little belief amongst the majority of your peoples that such communication is either possible or advisable if it is possible, for that which is unknown amongst your peoples is feared to a large extent, and it is much more comfortable to most of your peoples to allow that which is unknown and that which is feared to remain untested and to not set foot within such mysterious fields, shall we say.

Another reason why there is little communication betwixt these two groups of your peoples is that, for the most part, those who have moved through the door of death have within their being a feeling of completion for the incarnation which has just ended and have a great feeling of the desire to explore that which is obviously awaiting them on their own journey of seeking, so that there is little desire to move back, shall we say, to that illusion which they have so recently left.

And so, for the first cycle of seeking, shall we say, there is that tendency for the new seeker to begin to feel that life is a dream. There is that realization that these seemingly solid building blocks of chores, and days, and seasons are not substantial. And there is a tremendous feeling of relief and freedom of the lifting up from having to take the work time, the chore time, the time of duties, too seriously. Within one of your philosophical distortions there is that phrase, “First there is a mountain, then there is no mountain, then there is.” The time of experiencing life as a dream within a dream is that time when there is no mountain. It is a time when sudden realizations and new information may create tremendous excitement within the self and a time when the dark night of the soul can plunge one into the abyss of the deepest sorrow and grief, and yet always with the feeling that one is actually a spirit rather than a body, and that one is experiencing a dream and that nothing is terribly important. It is a precious time in many ways and much good comes from the seeking that is done during this time.

Beyond that time, there comes a time of reintegration, the dream and prison coming together to form a new picture, which is that of the kingdom, a realm, a magical place. We find that this is where many of you within this circle are attempting to live at this time and we commend you for having moved along the path of seeking, through so many bends, and curves, and difficulties in the road, that your spiritual maturity has begun to allow you to see the riches of the illusion, the tremendous richness of the environment that has been provided for this school of life that you experience during incarnation. It is a time when the bitterness begins to dissolve. There is no longer anger at having to work for a living, or feed the body, or cleanse the body, or take of the environment that one has chosen.

The prison doors open because there is freedom to see the blessing of everything. There is no need to justify suffering and duty and all of the unpleasantness of life because it is finally seen not as that which limits and narrows the light, not as that which may be attended to but not taken seriously, but that which has been given as a tremendous gift, each gift, each moment coming fresh from the Creator. That is the time of kingdom. That is the time of jubilee. And it is truly the first place, shall we say, within the mind from which a point of view may be taken that has great depth, so that you may survive those realizations which shall come when you have become unafraid of the prison and unafraid of the dream.

Most entities among your peoples live a kind of inner life that we would describe as horizontal. The world of things spreads out like the skyline, full of detail. And it is that within which one lives. One drives the streets, one walks the sidewalks, one moves horizontally along the face of the planet. To all illusory intents and purposes, it is a flat existence. If that horizontal life were called the x-axis, then the world of spirit could be seen as the y-axis, the vertical life. Imagine standing upon the ground, seeing with the physical eyes that it extends flat in each direction, horizontally as far as the eye can see. The feet meet the ground in just so and so a place. There is contact between the soles of the feet and the ground. And that thin meeting place represents the depth of reality. But imagine suddenly realizing that precisely where the sole of the foot meets the ground there is an infinite opening, upwards and downwards; upwards into the world of ideals, guidance, Godhead; downward into the ground of being. It is as though chasms open beneath you and above you, and suddenly you are not standing upon a thin slab of ground but upon the razor’s edge, in intersection with eternity and infinity. This is in fact, your situation. You are in the position of being able to live both a life in space/time, the horizontal life, and a life in time/space, the vertical life, simultaneously.

Then Q’uo said for the first cycle of seeking there is a tendency for the new seeker to feel that life is a dream and the realization that these building blocks of chores, days, and seasons are not substantial, and we have a feeling of relief and freedom of the lifting up from having to take the time of duties too seriously so that the time of our experiencing life as a dream within a dream is that time when there are no chores or duties, and it is a time when sudden realizations may create excitement within ourself, and a time when the dark night of the soul can plunge us into the abyss of sorrow and grief, and yet always with the feeling that we are actually a spirit rather than a body; we are experiencing a dream; that nothing is terribly important, so it is a precious time, and much good comes from our seeking that is done during this time. Q’uo went on to say that beyond that time, there comes a time of reintegration of the dream and prison coming together to form a new picture which is that of the magical place, and this is where many of us are attempting to live at this time, and Q’uo commended us for having moved along the path of seeking through so many difficulties on the road so that our spiritual maturity allows us to see the riches of the illusion that has been provided for this school of life that we experience during our incarnation, and it is a time where there is no longer anger at having to work for a living, or feed the body, or cleanse the body. Q’uo continued by saying that the prison doors open because there is freedom to see the blessing of everything, and there is no need to justify suffering and duty because we finally see–not as that which limits and narrows the light– but that which has been given to us as a gift which is each moment coming fresh from the Creator so that is the time of jubilee, and it is truly the first place within our mind from which a point of view may be taken that has great depth so that we may survive those realizations which shall come when we have become unafraid of the prison and unafraid of the dream. Now Q’uo said most entities live a kind of inner life that we would describe as horizontal so that we drive the streets; we walk the sidewalks; and we move horizontally along the face of the planet which seems like a flat existence, but if that horizontal life were called the x-axis, then the world of spirit could be seen as the y-axis, the vertical life, and if we could imagine standing upon the ground and seeing with our physical eyes that it extends flat in each direction, and our feet meet the ground beneath them there is contact between the soles of our feet and the ground so that thin meeting place represents the depth of reality, but if we could imagine suddenly realizing that where the sole of our foot meets the ground: “there is an infinite opening, upwards and downwards; upwards into the world of ideals, guidance, Godhead; downward into the ground of being. It is as though chasms open beneath you and above you, and suddenly you are not standing upon a thin slab of ground but upon the razor’s edge, in intersection with eternity and infinity.”Q’uo said this is our situation, and we are in the position of being able to live both a life in space/time, the horizontal life, and a life in time/space, the vertical life, simultaneously. On November 5, 1989, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the horizontal life:

The practice of this yielding, this tabernacling with the one infinite Creator, the immediacy of this presence, when carried on persistently, patiently, and with no dedication to outcome over a period of time begins to set within one a growing awareness of infinity. For as you meditate and listen, you are lost in the present moment. And this present moment is instinct with joy. The present moment is infinity. It is as though one were at the intersection of time and eternity at each present moment. The difficulties people experience are due to living the horizontal life without being aware of the resonances of the vertical life which is moving infinitely within one at all times.

You see, it is so tempting to think of oneself as the physical vehicle which you may see in one of your mirrors. It is so tempting to give oneself characteristics and qualities based upon various parts of one’s physical appearance, emotional makeup, and so forth. It is very, very easy to become entwined with many, many intellectual thoughts which always end in mystery and paradox.

Wemight say that the ability to remember this image, the ability to remember that which is unseen, that which opens to the Creator and to the essential self, is a measure of how well you are doing with the simple act of remembrance that is the key in many ways to progressing in spiritual, mental, and physical evolution of self. How to remember that what you see is not all that you get? How to remember the intersection with wonder and magic and infinite possibility? This instrument pursues a daily and weekly spiritual or religious program which includes group worship within that distortion of spirituality called Christian. This is one way in which she attempts to be a creature of remembrance. There are many ways to be remembering who you are and why you’re here. That is one way, the simple act of setting aside time, such as you have this day, to seek together. No matter how the meditation goes, no matter how you feel that you have been as a part of a seeking circle, the intention, the dedication of time, are the things that create the feeling of remembering and honoring the portion of yourself that is living that vertical life. In moments such as this, as you allow the energy to move around the circle, we feel sure that each of you has that riveted feeling of opening to the infinite possibilities of the moment.

But there are, as the one known as T2 said, so many different ways of coming into a state of remembrance. Each of you has five senses in the physical. The example that the one known T2 gave of washing the hands and becoming aware of each characteristic and nuance of feeling in that experience operates on the principle of using the gifts that are given to you. Each sense is evocative. Each sensibility may be triggered, tuned, and even transformed by choosing to be alert, to be watchful, to be attentive, to pay attention to the little things. This instrument is fond of saying, the smaller the thing, the more common and everyday, the more sacred it seems to her. And while we find everything equally sacred, we understand what this instrument is attempting to express. Consider that act of washing the hands, of emptying the bowels, and rising from that natural function to wash the hands and to go forth to meet the day. It must be done every day, perhaps more than once but certainly in the morning. For each of you this is a life sentence of natural function that must be attended to for the sake of the body. But that is a heavy energy, that is a grudging life when one “has” to perform natural functions.

However, if one enters into those natural functions, and the natural ways of cleanliness, and preparing for the day with every sense awake, each humble, necessary chore can become a symbol, in the physical, of processes which are moving on within the inner being, processes that move from nuance to nuance and half tone to half tint. And the ability to enter into the joy of removing the old from the system and clearing it for the day and then rising and washing the hands and blessing that event, experiencing that magical flow of water as it cleanses, experiencing all the feelings that are attendant upon the cleansing: the pleasant smell, the texture of soap, the texture of the towel; attending to each of these to see the beauty in them, softens and gentles the harsh edges of necessity into things of unutterable beauty. And as each tiny thing begins to become open to that view, the sacredness of things emerges and lifts one up into the glory of the illusion of incarnation. Each moment is a bounty, a feast, a banquet; it is brimming with information; it is whole and perfect and one. The only way to come into that sense of consciousness is to learn the attentiveness to the sacredness of everyday things.

Within a sacred space, with altars and pews and vaulted ceilings and stained glass windows, it is easy to feel that one is in a sacred place. Yet every child of dust within the illusion of earth stands on holy ground, whether they are starving or fed, whether they are cold or clothed, whether they are sick or healthy. No matter what state or condition they may be in they stand upon holy ground, and they themselves are holy. And you, child of dust, also are infinitely, ineffably, holy. You are a sacred essence of the divine. How may one begin to experience this point of view? In some ways it becomes a matter of sheer discipline. There is a certain amount of what this instrument would call struggle involved in training the mind to come into a state of remembrance. There is much help which is available to those who wish to become present.

Now Q’uo said that our ability to remember this image is that which opens us to the Creator and to our essential self, and is a measure of how well we are doing with the act of remembrance that is the key to progressing in spiritual, mental, and physical evolution of ourself, and the way to remember the intersection with wonder, and magic, and infinite possibility is the simple act of setting aside time to seek together in meditation, and no matter how we feel that we have been as a part of a seeking circle, the intention and the dedication of time are the things that create the feeling of remembering and honoring the portion of ourself that is living the vertical life, and as we allow the energy to move around the circle each of us has that feeling of opening to the infinite possibilities of the moment. Q’uo went on to say that there are many different ways of coming into a state of remembrance, and each of us has five physical senses that may be triggered and transformed by choosing to pay attention to the little things such as the act of emptying our bowels, and washing our hands as we go forth to meet the day, and we need to do this every day because for each of us this is a natural function that must be attended to for the sake of our body, but that is a heavy energy when we perform these natural functions. Q’uo continued by saying that when we enter into those natural functions and are preparing for the day with all of our senses awake each humble chore can become a physical symbol of processes which are moving on within our inner being so that our ability to enter into the joy of removing the old from the system and clearing it for the day: “and then rising and washing the hands and blessing that event, experiencing that magical flow of water as it cleanses, experiencing all the feelings that are attendant upon the cleansing: the pleasant smell, the texture of soap, the texture of the towel; attending to each of these to see the beauty in them, softens and gentles the harsh edges of necessity into things of unutterable beauty.” Then Q’uo said that as each tiny thing that we do begins to become open to this perspective that the sacredness of things emerges and lifts us up into the glory of the illusion of incarnation so that each moment is a feast full of information that is whole and perfect, and the only way for us to come into that sense of consciousness is to practice the attentiveness to the sacredness of everyday things. Now Q’uo said that within a sacred space of a beautiful church it is easy to feel that we are in a sacred place, yet every child within the illusion of earth stands on holy ground no matter what condition they are in; they are also holy; we are a sacred essence of the divine; and we can begin to experience this point of view by exercising discipline in training our mind to remember these truths, and there is much help to into the present moment. On January 15, 1995, Hatonn spoke of the nature of holy ground:

We suggest that each encourage those thoughts which refrain from judgment and discourage the self in its desires to castigate and rebuke the self for its shallowness, its lack of appropriate awareness of the present moment. This we say in order that those many times when the self is perceived as being out of harmony with eternity, that the judgment will be not chosen, but rather a shrug, a laugh at the human condition, and a turning once more to thanksgiving and naked praise for the infinite One which fills the days, the moments, the years, and the life with such beauty that it is beyond description.

Now having said this, we do encourage each student to muse often within that sacred tabernacle within, to sit mentally and emotionally down within that holy ground of being, where lies truth and eternal things; to sit with bare attention, knowing that silence which speaks of the mighty presence that is both Creator, creation, and created. For these are moments out of time, out of space, and rather eternal and infinite. These moments of practicing the presence of the Creator may be keyed according to your individual needs and circumstances.

And it is indeed a noble task to set for the self, to become present. It is not that one wishes to be without a context. We do not call you away from the world, we do not look down upon any part of the life lived by the ordinary human being. We do not suggest the need for retreat and alteration of the outer circumstances. Certainly, times of quiet, such as the one as T1 has described, are extraordinarily helpful. When there is the sabbatical there is the opportunity to take stock, to express the self as a seeking entity rather than as one who must attend to the ordinary challenges of making a living and coping with the financial side of life. And yet life for the most part is lived in the hurly-burly, in the spotlight of the passion play, as the scenes upon the stage revolve.

We give this instrument a view of a complete lack of location. Picture, if you would, the sensation of weightlessness, of lack of input into any of the senses. Lifted from the constant contact with the senses, one is left within a kingdom which is within. Within that inner kingdom of self lies the truth and a great deal of distortion. Where did this distortion come from? An entity is born into incarnation with certain preconceived distortions already. Each of you has chosen a personality shell that is rich in gifts and in challenges. Each of you has scripted for yourself incarnational lessons which will occur thematically, repeatedly, during the incarnation, teaching you the lessons that you have chosen and offering you the opportunities of service which you have hoped for. In this inner life no mirrors exist, and it is exponentially more difficult to see the self clearly than when one is receiving information from the mirrors around one.

So, while we value time spent in a completely inner search, we feel that the more efficient path, in terms of the rapidness with which evolution may occur, is an environment in which the inner life and the outer life marry. Rather than fighting and dividing inner life from outer life and struggling to get more inner life, we would suggest every way which you may think of personally to stamp the outer with the inner and to relate the inner into the outer, making every connection that you can, so that all of experience becomes one, and the physical and the metaphysical become a dance for two that carries both the male and the female aspect of living within one consciousness.

Bymale and female aspects of living, we are, in our distortion, suggesting that the outer or horizontal life is masculine, or “yang” as this instrument would say, in its activity, its reaching, its power to do, whereas that inner vertical life is as the potentiator, that which awaits the reaching, that which does not have the form but which is productive of all form, that which may be called guidance, or inspiration, or infinity, or eternity. To allow the infinite and the eternal to become a part of the passing scene and to allow the passing scene to become stamped with infinity and eternity is to make that marriage within the life of those aspects which otherwise might fight for dominance. We assure you it is not at all easy to do this. It is much easier to compartmentalize and to do the spiritual practice, and to move into the daily mode, and then back into a spiritual practice, and back into the daily mode. Yet we may say the fewer transitions that you must choose to make, the more often that you are able to blend the inner and the outer being, the more substantial will be your stance, and your point of view will benefit from this unification of inner and outer living. What is the essence of you? That is the question, you see, and the answer is so simple. You are. You are not creating yourself; you are simply discovering the self that is there. You do not choose from nothing; you came into this incarnation a very real citizen of eternity. You are simply peeling away layers of distortion to see yourself clearer and clearer, to have a deeper and deeper sense of your own essence. It is a fascinating journey and we are so glad to have you as companions upon it.

Q’uo said that it is indeed a noble task to set for ourself to become present, and it is not that we wish to be without a context for our life, and they said that they do not call us away from the world, or look down upon any part of our life as we live as ordinary human beings, so there is not the need to alter our outer circumstances because times of quiet are very helpful so that when we have time off we have the opportunity to express ourself as a seeking entity rather than as one who continues to make a living and earn money, and yet most of our life is lived in the in the spotlight of the passion play as the scenes upon the stage revolve. Q’uo went on to say that we should imagine being weightless, with no input into any of our senses, and as we lose constant contact with our senses, we are left within a kingdom which is within us, and within that inner kingdom of ourself lies the truth and a great deal of distortion from our personality shell having chosen distortions in the form of gifts and challenges because each of us has written lessons for ourself that will occur repeatedly during our incarnation and will teach us lessons that we have chosen, and giving us chances for service which we hoped for, and in this inner life there are no mirrors, and it is very difficult to see ourself clearly when we are receiving information from the mirrors around us. Q’uo continued by saying that it is valuable for us to spend time in an inner search as it is the more efficient path in terms of the rapidness with which evolution may occur because it is an environment in which our inner life and our outer life marry rather than fighting and dividing our inner life from our outer life, and struggling to get more inner life, so Q’uo suggested that we make every connection that we can so that all of the experience of our inner and outer life becomes one, and the physical and the metaphysical become a dance for two that carries both the male and the female aspect of our living within one consciousness. Now Q’uo said that by male and female aspects of living, they were suggesting that the horizontal life is masculine in its reaching and its power to do, whereas that inner vertical life is as the potentiator which awaits the reaching, and does not have form, but which is productive of all form, and that which may be called guidance or infinity, and to allow the infinite to become a part of the passing scene and to allow the passing scene to become stamped with infinity is to make that marriage within the life of those aspects which otherwise might fight for dominance so that Q’uo assured us that it is not easy to do this: “because it is much easier to compartmentalize and to do the spiritual practice, and to move into the daily mode, and then back into a spiritual practice, and back into the daily mode.” Then Q’uo said that the fewer transitions that we must choose to make, the more often that we are able to blend the inner and the outer being, the more substantial will be our stance, and our point of view will benefit from this unification of inner and outer living, and our essence is that we are, but we are not creating ourself; we are simply discovering that ourself is there; we do not choose from nothing; we came into this incarnation as a very real citizen of eternity, and we are simply peeling away layers of distortion to see ourself more clearly, and to have a deeper sense of our essence, and it is a fascinating journey, and Q’uo was so glad to have us as companions upon it. On January 15, 2006, Q’uo described what it is for us to be a citizen of eternity:

It is possible for an unexamined, confused situation to crush you so that you have almost no hope, no power to go on, and so forth. It is also possible with that same situation to do what little you can in your mind at any given time to remember who you are and take back your power from that which is crushing you. It does not matter when you are taking back your power whether or not you have the ability to affect the physical situation at that moment. Taking back your power as a soul or spirit is involved in remembering that you are not limited by life and death: you are a citizen of eternity. You are a Creator, and you have a creation that you can populate with the ideals and the beauties that you love. You can forgive the people or the situations that are crushing you.

The power to forgive is tremendous. You have the power to declare that a situation is as you see it and not as the world sees it. And by serenely sticking to your story, you can save your mind, your emotions, and your heart from undergoing the crushing action of physical circumstance. This is not something that the world can understand easily. It is something for you to take within yourself and with which you can experiment.

We would ask you to experiment with taking your power back whenever you feel helpless and hopeless. Remember who you are and why you’re here. Take courage and feel the dignity of your reality. You did not come here for casual purposes. You came here as a sacred journey, and you are doing very well with it. Take pride in yourself. Have faith in your process. And know that your guidance is closer than your hands and feet and nearer to you than your next breath.

This instrument is informing us that we have spoken long enough upon this most fascinating subject, and we bow to her wisdom. We confess that in this particular case we could go on talking for quite a while, for this is a beautiful subject, and we thank you for asking about it. But at this time we do relinquish this subject and ask if there may be other queries that we may respond to at this time?

V: Q’uo, you’ve spoken before about the use of the imagination to discipline rogue energies in the personality, and I wonder if you would expound on that some, and specifically with regard to affirmations and why it would be so necessary to state affirmations aloud or write them down to externalize them in some form in order to make manifestation possible?

We are those of Q’uo ,and we grasp your query, my sister. Perhaps you are aware of the kind of personality which thinks repeatedly about doing something but does not do it. All the thinking in the world is not productive, in terms of creating something in the consensus-reality universe, without action. In the case of making affirmations, the disciplined soul may well be able to make affirmations within the mind without writing them down and having them become “real” things; such is the power of the disciplined personality. However, for the soul who is attempting to become more disciplined, it is well to marry, again to use that simile, the inner intention with the outer fact, to make from the inner dream the outer reality. The act of writing on paper or speaking into the ether where sound may be heard is the act of putting inner vibration into the outer vibration and blending, or marrying, the two. You are aware, my sister, of the old adage, “As above, so below.” The idea of externalizing these affirmations is the idea of bringing them into reality. It is an interesting thing that it is easier to believe in the self when one can see the words that one has written and when one can repeat them and hear the sound.

May we answer you further, my sister?

V: Yes. Actually, I would like to ask about the discipline of the personality and a thought that I had the other day regarding what my mother used to say to me which was, “Guard your tongue.” It occurred to me that, in fact, what the discipline is about is guarding the thoughts and creating the truth within you that says, “I see the beauty, I see the perfection,” rather than looking at it and seeing the cynicism and only expressing the beauty. Could you illuminate that for me?

Q’uo: My sister, we feel that you have illuminated it very well. The only thing that we could add is an encouragement to play with this awareness that you are a creator, a co-Creator and that, as you think, as you actually begin to train yourself to think, you do not narrow that which you comprehend. You are as able to see the thoughts of cynicism, sarcasm, anger ,and so forth as you were before, perhaps more able. What you are doing as you use the discipline is shaping your heart or— we correct this instrument—shaping your mind to be able to contain the thoughts of the heart, rather than simply the thoughts of the mind. It is not incorrect, we feel, to be aware of the ridiculousness, the sorry-ness, or the wretchedness of any particular situation. It is not wrong to have sarcastic thoughts or to react naturally, and fervently even, to those things which make one uncomfortable or create catalyst.

The heart, however, thinks substantially differently from the mind, the thoughts of the heart coming from that vertical part of living, that time/space or metaphysical portion where the thoughts are the thoughts beyond incarnation, beyond circumstance or estate. Those thoughts are the thoughts of the infinite being that you are. They are the thoughts of the consciousness within, and that consciousness is safe within your heart. It is a matter of opening your own doors into that heart, sitting there and gazing from that heart out into the world. One still may have all of the inner opportunities for making the self laugh to the self with cynical thoughts, such as this instrument does as a hobby, we should say! But allowing the shape of the heart’s thoughts to be the shape of the thought as it evolves in the awareness of the inner self gives one grace, and distance, and remembrance of who you are, so that your expression, even to the self, is a kinder and gentler thing. And certainly, the expression to the outer world carries with it that maturity of thought that keeps that heart open and does not consider the imperfection of things as a reason to lose faith or to become embittered.

May we answer you further, my sister?

V: If you are so inclined, I would love for you to answer further but I don’t have a further query so I’ll pass it to T1.

T1: I’ve been reading a lot of the material channeled by the Seth entity and one of the constructs that is causing some confusion in myself is that of probable realities. The choice. Seth indicates that in each decision in this incarnation there are infinite other versions of the illusion in which other decisions were made. The teachings of the Confederation state that the aim of third density is the choice of service-to-others or service-to-self. Which choice one has made is due to one’s polarity. Taking these two together, probable realities and choice, it seems that the choice is made separately and differently by each probable self projected by the soul. Perhaps I’m just wrapping myself up in constructs here and becoming confused but is there a way which Q’uo perhaps could untangle some of my thought processes there?

We are those of Q’uo and aware of your query, my brother. Indeed, we do not know if we are able to untangle your thoughts but we are glad to share ours with you and in their own tangle, my brother. The self is a concept which understandably within humans is limited and defined by the shape of the physical body and the inevitable flowing forward of sequential time. At each decision point, at each fork in the road, the choice of which fork to take obviously creates a different probable reality than the one that would occur if the other fork in the road were taken. However, perhaps it may clear this up for you a bit to contemplate that whichever fork in the road that one takes one is still equipped with the same incarnational lessons, the same things upon the scroll of life, that will come up repeatedly, so that it is impossible to avoid one’s plan. Certainly, one may see that there are widely divergent paths and the tuning song that this group enjoyed this day asks that question, “Is there any other way I could have lived but this one? Is there anybody else I could have been?” Certainly there are other choices that could have been made, but would the person that made those choices have turned out differently, or would those same choices have appeared no matter what road was taken?

In the physical life you walk down paths and turn corners and there is a new place. Turn another corner and there is another new place. Living the vertical life of which we have been speaking, the path is a spiral weaving always around and always anew; not the circle that becomes old, for every time that these themes come around again you are approaching them from a new standpoint, from a new place in your process, a new state of realization.

May we answer you further, my brother?

T1: No, thank you Q’uo. I think I need to read through and think about the explanation that you offered, thank you.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother. Is there another query at this time?

G: Q’uo, you have often described the process of coming into that relationship with that self, that undiscovered self beyond the personality, of accessing those deep stores of self-knowledge, as a process of “courting” the subconscious mind. My question is: how does one go about, as you say, “wooing” that lover, and courting the subconscious in order to retrieve that needed information and to create that authentic contact with love and with light and with the Creator?

We are those of Q’uo and are aware of your query, my brother. Each lover must woo in its own way. Let us consider the object of love here. That object of seeking is the self within. It awaits the reaching in the archetypical manner of the Matrix and the Potentiator. The self within is as the unread book, the unknown mystery. In the archetypical tarot images, that is pictured as the woman who is veiled. One can barely see the book of wisdom that she holds at her heart. You are attempting to lift the veil from that book of self. How would you court that self within? We have at times suggested to you to think of that not as courting but as parenting, as if the self within were a child that needed comforting so that you take that self within and rock it and ask it what it needs, what its dreams are, what its hopes are, and then spend time listening to that self.

The ways of courtship are slow and sweet; they are full of passion and yet full of restraint, for the object of love is sensitive, young, inexperienced. And certainly, as an essence, living within consensus reality, your hearts are indeed innocent babes in a wicked world. So there are the hints that we give you. It is not seeking as a man seeks a woman, and yet it is, in that there is passion, there is true love, and there is the hope of serving.

Find the ways that your own inner self wishes to express itself. Is it walking in nature? Is it filling your mind with great music or great words? Is it the act of service? We find within this instrument’s mind an example from earlier this day as she was speaking with the one known as Jim and he was expressing to her how he feels grateful for the opportunity to cut and trim the lawn of the client so that he creates a place of beauty and as he leaves, he looks back over his shoulder with great affection and pride because he has loved that place and danced with the love that is in that place. Perhaps that undiscovered country within you is a place that you may love and that you may dance with and in.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: No, that was beautiful, thank you Q’uo.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother. Is there a final query at this time?

G: Q’uo, I’ll take the opportunity if no one else does. I have an e-mail that has the potential to create great change sitting in the pending file and I know you can’t offer me advice on right or wrong, because there is no wrong, no mistakes, but could you help, give me some info, offer me some advice on what I might consider before I send it and what it might do to the energy configurations between me and this distant person?

Q’uo: My brother, we are aware of your query and find ourselves full up against the stop of free will. We can give this instrument the image of one of her favorite sayings from the Psalms concerning the entity whom everyone thought was a fool until he opened his mouth and removed all doubt. Every word spoken changes the shape of your world. Look at each word for its truth, its compassion, and its service.

We are those of Q’uo. It has been enormously pleasureful to us to speak to you. We find the beauty of your seeking most delightful and we thank each of you for that beauty that you share with us so freely. The energy exchange has been most salubrious for us. We leave you in peace. We leave you empowered with hope, with the awareness of your own magical natures. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator and of each other. We are those of Q’uo. Adonai, my friends, Adonai.

This morning I went outside and used my backpack blower to blow the snow that we got overnight off of the driveway and the two parking areas, one in front of my home, and one in front of the pet cemetery.

This afternoon I went to my PCP to have my physical exam and discuss my fasting labs that were taken last week. All the readings were good, and my A1C reading went down from 6.0 to 5.9 so my pre-diabetes diagnosis is also better.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

February 21

The Key

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of divine Love.

We who dwell in love ask that this day be a day of forgiveness.

In each situation betwixt two entities there is the constant opportunity for miscommunication, misunderstanding, and hard feelings.

In every situation where one must wait in traffic or in your stores, there lie many, many opportunities for the forgiveness of rudeness in others and that same impulse in yourself.

Make this a day when there is nothing so terrible that it cannot be forgiven in your heart. Allow your heart to be made soft. For forgiveness, given again, and again, and again is the key to the full realization of the Love of Christ.

We leave you in love and peace, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from November 13, 2003:

Question from Y: The question today comes from Y, who asks: What do I need to do to have conscious contact, other than in sleep, with my higher self and channel the light beings who are assisting and others in this incarnation?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo, and we greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator in Whose service we are. It is our great delight to be with this group this afternoon. We thank each of you for setting aside that precious time that you have so little of within your incarnation for the sole purpose of seeking the truth. We are that vibration which has been called to this group by this question and this channel, and we express our great gratitude to you for so calling us. It is our pleasure to share our opinion with you, and we would ask but one thing: that being that you listen to those things which we have to say with the greatest care and discrimination, rejecting all of those things which do not seem correct to you and only embracing that truth which seems to resonate within your very heart and soul.

You ask this day what you can do to come into conscious awareness of the communication that is going on betwixt you and your guidance system, and all of those who cluster about you wishing to help as you move through your incarnational learning and service at this time. Perhaps, from the way that you have phrased your query, you already know, my brother, that you are in communication with your guidance and that it has already given you many gifts. So, we feel that your question perhaps has two parts, and we would address the more general part first, and that is that situation which already exists, and which it is possible that you may not have fully appreciated.

Within you there blooms a flower of great beauty, its petals moving towards the sun with great awareness and intelligence, its blossom opening, and the work proceeding as your higher self had indeed hoped before your incarnation at this time. The gifts that you brought in with you into incarnation have brought you far, both in terms of the gifts of the personality shell, such as intelligence and sensitivity, and those gifts which are perhaps not so obvious to the outward eye, those gifts of inward intensity, deep searching, and a discontent with that which seems to be, all those things which appear. There is within you a great yearning for purity, that which is not a little of the light and a little of the dark but all together, that which has been lifted above the seeming muck and mire of consensus reality and some of its more shadowy aspects.

And yet we would assure you, my brother, that it is well planned that you observe, and to some degree, participate in that muck and mire, that stress and tension of consensus reality. For there is within you the incarnational lesson which is to be addressed, which has to do with working with that which this instrument calls the “shadow” side of self. In the yearning for purity, ofttimes that shadow side of self has this tendency to be separated in thought from the so-called “light” side of self, shall we say, that side which seeks purity, which loves the Light, which is a creature of Love, a creature of eternity, and which truly wishes to experience only that which is beautiful, true and honest. So much that you see seems to lack in this quality, so much in which you participate has its disappointments, as far as that judgmental and intellectual side of you goes. And yet, for what reason would a true seeker wish to put himself into close association with the darker side of life? What would encourage such an entity, before taking up an incarnation, to place this in his way? We do not answer this query. Rather, we leave it for you, for this is yours to ponder and yours to learn, little by little, as though you were in a maze or a puzzle and you were attempting to track your way out of the maze or to fulfill the pieces of the puzzle in such a way that the picture becomes whole.

Perhaps we like the latter simile better, for rather than seeming to escape the page of consensus reality, shall we say, by taking oneself out of the maze, rather, it is easier to see in the puzzle simile that you are simply putting the pieces together, not attempting to escape the puzzle but, rather, attempting to see it as a whole, in its entirety. As you work the pieces of the puzzle, in some cases you will be granted great light, in other cases you will be granted none, and the puzzle will seem quite murky and difficult. It is then that the incarnational lesson comes directly into play. We may say about that lesson that it does involve the active use of the will, in the absence of proof, when there is a choice between that which is seen and is unacceptable, and that which is unseen and is acceptable. Within any incarnation, there are many times when a choice to believe or have faith in the entirety of self is to shift the way of attending to the self when it is seen as the shadow side of self, when it is seen as that part of self that is less perfect or less than perfect and therefore, less than desirable.

We cannot offer more clues than this. However, the general gist of that which we wish to offer here is that within that which has already occurred, within that which is now your present experience, there lie great gifts which have been given as a puzzle for you to solve, piece by piece, or as the maze for you to solve, one wrong direction after another discovered and turned back from in order to explore another way. May we say to you, especially in this regard, that it is never necessary to be at all discouraged or in any way to lack confidence. It is not the darkness of a night; it is not the depth of a suffering that reflects the degree of one’s success at apprehending the catalyst that is offered. Indeed, the darker the night, the more difficult the experience, the more completely the incoming catalyst may have been received.

Question from Y: “The question today comes from Y, who asks: What do I need to do to have conscious contact, other than in sleep, with my higher self and channel the light beings who are assisting and others in this incarnation?” Q’uo began their reply by saying that the question today is what you can do to come into conscious awareness of the communication that is going on betwixt you and your guidance system and all of those who gather around you wishing to help as you move through your incarnational learning and service at this time, and from the way that you have phrased your query, you already know that you are in communication with your guidance, and it has given you many gifts, so we feel that your question has two parts, and we would address the more general part first, and that is that situation which already exists, and which it is possible that you may not have fully appreciated. Q’uo went on to say that within us a flower of great beauty is blooming with its petals opening towards the sun with awareness and intelligence and our work proceeding as our higher self has hoped before our incarnation began, and the gifts that we brought with us into this incarnation have brought us far, both in terms of the gifts of our personality shell, such as intelligence and sensitivity, and those gifts which are not so obvious: those gifts of inward intensity, deep searching, and a discontent with that which seems to be our experience, and there is within us a great yearning for purity, that which is not a little of the light and a little of the dark but all together, that which has been lifted above the confusion of consensus reality and some of its darker aspects. Q’uo continued by saying that they would assure us that it is well planned that we participate in that confusion of consensus reality because there is within us the incarnational lesson which is to be addressed which has to do with working with the “shadow” side of ourself because in our yearning for purity often that shadow side of ourself has a tendency to be separated in thought from the “light” side of ourself which loves the Light and which is an eternal creature of Love and which truly wishes to experience that which is beautiful and honest so that much that we see seems to lack in these qualities, so much in which we participate disappoints us as far as our judgmental side goes, and for what reason would we wish to put ourself into close association with our darker side of life? What would encourage us to place this in our way before beginning our incarnation? Q’uo left this answer for us, for this is ours to learn as though we were in a puzzle, and we were attempting to assemble the pieces of the puzzle in such a way that the picture becomes whole. Now Q’uo said that they liked the latter analogy better, for rather than seeming to escape the nature of consensus reality and take ourself out of the maze, it is easier to see in the puzzle analogy that we are putting the pieces together and attempting to see it in its entirety so that as we work the pieces of the puzzle we will be granted great light, and in other cases we will be granted none, and the puzzle will seem quite difficult, and then our incarnational lesson comes into play, so Q’uo said that our lesson involves the active use of our will, in the absence of proof, when there is a choice between that which is seen and is unacceptable, and that which is unseen and is acceptable so that within any incarnation there are  times when a choice to have faith in the entirety of ourself is to shift the way of perceiving ourself when it is seen as the shadow side of ourself which is less than perfect and less than desirable. Then Q’uo said that they could not offer more clues than these, but it is that which is now our present experience where there are great gifts which have been given as a puzzle for us to solve as one wrong direction after another is discovered and turned back from in order to explore another way, and Q’uo said that it is never necessary to be discouraged because it is not the darkness of the night that reflects the degree of our success at using the catalyst that is offered, but the darker the night the more completely we will have received the incoming catalyst. On September 19, 2004, Q’uo spoke of how we may deal with incoming catalyst:

And this instrument was saying to the one known as J that indeed it is interesting to reflect upon the difference between coal and the diamond in terms of emotions. For if the reaction of emotional nature to incoming catalyst is that of the coal, it will have generated heat; whereas if one’s reaction to the incoming catalyst has the emotive qualities of the diamond, it will reflect and refract light. One quick way to determine where you are as a person with respect to the catalyst of the day, is to evaluate your emotional set. Has it generated heat, or has it generated light? Have the emotions of the self been fiery, and bright, and sharp? Or has it been that emotional set which is as the diamond in taking the incoming catalyst and being with it in such a way that light is refracted through you from the catalyst to express light, color, beauty, and those ineffable qualities that are part of a system of color and light. As the one known as T was saying earlier, the effort that this entity is making at this time is to decrease that heat and to increase the light that is produced in the soul’s response to catalyst. When the self experiences heat, that in and of itself may be a good marker for activating that alarm clock that says, “There is work that I need to do on who I am and why I am here.”

What remains then is that subtle, complex, and fascinating work of unlocking the self, opening the self to the self, piece by piece, step by step, within an inner atmosphere which partakes more and more of that trust and faith of which we were speaking earlier. That gift is one which has been offered you as part of your incarnational personality shell. You have within you already a gift for the use of the will, but is it for faith, or is it for other sorts of seeking which rely more on the physical world than on the metaphysical? As you move back in mind through your childhood, through your early experiences, we simply ask you to cast your mind into those recurring themes of light and darkness, to begin to see that incarnational pattern that you have given yourself. You have many good clues, as this instrument would call them, many pieces of the puzzle. And we encourage you to move forward with confidence, self-assurance and a quietness of spirit that comes from a lack of striving. For what, my brother, is there against which to strive?

The second part of our response concerning conscious communication with that system of guidance which is yours is more literally connected with your question. We are aware that you would very much like to make some sort of positive, absolutely certain contact in the way that we are speaking to you through this instrument. In terms of that particular way of becoming more in touch with your guidance, we would recommend never attempting the technique used to come into conscious communication such as this instrument is now using, without the careful dedication of self for a fairly long period of training and a process of the initiation during which we, as members of Confederation, offer to those who wish to learn the channeling of spirit such as this instrument does, that which they wish to learn. It is impossible to say how long it would take, but we may say certainly that it is never a project which one may safely undertake alone. The strength of a group and the experience of a more seasoned channel are both necessary in order to regularize and protect the energies that are involved in communication such as we offer through this instrument at this time. We do not wish to be those who create fear, we are simply saying that because of the nature of the physical instrument that is your body and those linkages to the finer sensibilities of the energetic bodies, such communication is almost reliably guaranteed to, as this instrument would say, “come a cropper.”

The problem is a simple one, my brother. It is the problem of an entity who contains a powerful tool but who does not know how to use it. Attempting to learn to do what this instrument calls channel is like a toddler attempting to pick up a power tool, turn it on, and use it correctly. The chances for accident or disaster are high, and we would not in any way encourage such a rash and thoughtless method of attempting to gain contact. We do not suggest that you avoid it because you have no possibility of success. Quite the opposite. We suggest that you bate this desire in any outward verbal form because you have great possibility of success and yet without training, without a good long time of consideration and dedication of self—the practice, the self, and the life—the experience would be as that entity who wishes to tune to a certain radio station but yet who is incapable of moving the dial, so that the dial moves without your conscious ability to tune it, moving you from one source to another depending upon various situational details about which you cannot know and which cannot be taught but rather, can be learned without the words during the process of such initiation as that of which we speak.

Were you as an entity enough desirous of following this particular way of coming into conscious contact with guidance, there would need to be a geographical relocation, or at least the ability to visit within those areas where this instrument dwells and this group dwells, not once, but numerous times. Therefore, we might suggest that this be considered with great care and over a long period of time. For that which you would be asking of yourself would be that the life experience be dedicated, from beginning to end, from top to bottom, waking and sleeping, until the time that you separated from your physical vehicle. You would need to be able to dedicate yourself, your time, your essence, and your heart to living the life that you are learning from those things which are channeled to you and which you channel. This is the kind of responsibility that this particular outward expression of the gift of channeling requires in order that the self is protected.

Then Q’uo said what remains is that subtle and fascinating work of unlocking ourself and opening ourself to ourself, step by step, within an inner atmosphere which partakes more of that trust and faith of which they were speaking earlier, and that gift is one which has been offered to us as part of our incarnational personality shell so that we have within us a gift for the use of our will, but is it for faith, or is it for other sorts of seeking which rely more on the physical world than on the metaphysical? Q’uo said that as we move back in mind through our childhood they want to ask us to consider the recurring themes of light and darkness and to begin to see that incarnational pattern that we have given ourself because we have many good pieces of the puzzle, and they encouraged us to move forward with confidence and a quietness of spirit that comes from a lack of striving, for what shall we strive against? Q’uo went on to say that the second part of their response concerning conscious communication with that system of guidance which is Y’s is more literally connected with his question since they were aware that he would like to make a positive contact in the way that they speaking to him through Carla, in terms of his making contact with his guidance, so Q’uo recommended that Y never attempt the technique used to come into conscious communication such as Carla is now using without the careful dedication over a long period of training and a process of the initiation during which Q’uo, as members of the Confederation, offer to those who wish to learn the channeling of spirit such as Carla does, and it is impossible to say how long it would take, but they said that it is never a project which one may safely undertake alone because the strength of a group and the experience of a more seasoned channel are both necessary in order to regularize and protect the energies that are involved in communication such as they offer through Carla at this time. Q’uo continued by saying that attempting to learn to channel is like a toddler attempting to pick up a power tool, turn it on, and use it correctly, and the chances for a disaster are high, and they would not encourage such a thoughtless method of attempting to gain contact, but Q’uo did not suggest that Y avoid it because he had no possibility of success, but Q’uo suggested that he hold back on this desire in any verbal form because he had the possibility of success, and yet without training and dedicating himself to the practice of channeling his experience would be as that entity who wishes: “to tune to a certain radio station but yet who is incapable of moving the dial, so that the dial moves without your conscious ability to tune it, moving you from one source to another depending upon various situational details about which you cannot know and which cannot be taught but rather, can be learned without the words during the process of such initiation as that of which we speak.” Now Q’uo said that if Y desired to follow this way of coming into conscious contact with guidance, he would need to move from his present home, or at least be able to visit where Carla lived on numerous occasions, so Q’uo suggested that these possibilities be carefully considered over a long period of time, for that which he would be asking of himself would be that rest of his life experience, his heart, and his time be dedicated to living the life that he was learning from those concepts which were channeled to him because this is the kind of responsibility that this particular outward expression of the gift of channeling requires in order that the self is protected. On February 24, 1991, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the gift of channeling:

Consequently, it is, while literally unnecessary, spiritually efficacious to have gained sufficient knowledge of the self to be able to be responsible stewards of the gift of channeling. It is sometimes felt, especially as many of your peoples are engaged in combat, that words, as this instrument’s old time rhyme says, “cannot hurt one,” whereas bullets and other destructive weapons can hurt one. This is indeed so. Within the relativistic illusion which you occupy, the round sphere upon which you live and abide seems to be one in which there are few true examples of the connective tissue between words and consequences. Certainly, words do not drill a hole in the body. However, metaphysically speaking, they do indeed carry a tremendous weight. Depending upon how listeners are able to have access to the information, whether a teacher is considered a spiritual teacher, an academic teacher or any other kind of teacher, the teacher’s awareness that it is expressing itself with authority may be understood. How, then, can one become responsible stewards of a gift, such as channeling?

As always, the answer lies within the self. Each of you, each of us, and indeed all of creation which is conscious of the self is imbued in a vast ocean of overlapping and various illusions, some of which are brighter than others. In order to be able to find words that are evocative of the truth, the channel is most well prepared who has deeply considered the nature of the self, for the depth of the channeling, in its most appropriate configuration, is equal to the depth of spiritual solidity within the channel.

There are, however, ways in which guidance may be sought that are far safer and far more able to be done on one’s own than the formal gift of channeling. We begin with that which you mentioned first, the dreams. The dreamscape, as you are well aware, has tremendous gifts to offer the conscious self at a level of which very few entities are aware. When awake, that communication is ongoing. It is not stopped because an entity is conscious and working within the world. What has stopped is the awareness of that connection and that communication. However, the spirit portion of your entirety is quite aware of this communication, as is the body itself. Let us look for a moment at the mind and the confusion that entities upon your planet have about this organ. There is a mind that came with your body. That mind is that which was created to make choices for survival. Call it the choice-maker. It thinks in terms, partially, of physical instinct, survival, the gathering of the things that are needed for survival, and so forth. The choice-making mind shall always look for advantage. It shall always look for that which is useful, functional, able to offer advantage. You are very familiar, all too familiar, with this mind. Few of those who are awake and aware of the nature of the spirit are very fond of the mind that is the choice-maker.

However, there is another kind of mind that exists within the same space, shall we say, within the same “gray matter” as the mind of the body, and that is the mind of your heart. It is that portion of the mind that comes from the metaphysical side of the creation rather than the physical, from the time/space portion rather than the space/time portion of the creation of the Father. The mind of the heart is not bound by the need to survive, for it is eternal. It is not bound by the need for advantage, for it knows all things are one. That mind is, when allowed to be completely uncluttered, as free and full as is the universe itself; as aware, as gentle, as powerful, and as all-knowing. This mind has few or no words. There are many times when its nature suddenly springs forth, and you are suddenly aware that your mind indeed has a consciousness that is eternal and that is not bound by those human fleshly desires and needs for advantage. Usually, it is because you have come into the radiant aura of someone who is acting from the open heart.

And, in one way or another, you see an entity that is loving, and you catch it; you pick it up as if it were a communicable disease, which indeed it is. Like any other state of mind, the state of mind that is unconditional love communicates from one entity to another, and it is through contact that most entities within incarnation begin to form their ideas about what it would be like to be a creature of soul, a creature of the spirit, an angel that is here on Earth, but is not of the Earth. Perhaps you have someone in mind that has been to you such a loving presence, that has given you that blessed aura in which the consciousness of your heart can come alive and communicate freely. Does not your heart soar within you when this occurs, when the fetters of earthly thinking fall away, and the only horizon that is yours is the horizon of the highest and best that can be imagined by you?

Inthe dream state many things are offered to you. And we feel that you have some capability already in working with those images that are given to you within the dreams. We would encourage you within this work; it is excellent work. We would ask that you bear in mind that such work is not always literal. In fact, rarely is it completely literal. Usually, the mind has a great deal of whimsy and humor in the way it puts together messages that it wishes for you to receive. So we would suggest that you not only look at the dreams, look at the images and so forth with an eye to what they say literally, but also we would suggest that you look at them sideways, as this instrument calls it, letting the brain sag in the middle and make connections that are not at all obvious or likely, and playing with those images that have been given you, looking for inner resonance and provocative images that turn you in a different direction in thought. These are part of that work of coming to understand the self that is very precious.

Further, we would discuss a second line of work which is very available to you as a person by yourself. That is the work of the meditation. My brother, when we say meditation, we do not define that word to suggest that there is a best way in which to meditate. When we use that word, we are meaning to indicate simply a turning to the silence within. When you turn within, you may silence the outside world by ignoring it, but the first stumbling block for most entities in meditation is that the inner self is not silent but rather it continues its habitual discussion with itself. We cannot help you through this except by encouraging you to ignore that conversation just as you are ignoring the catalyst coming in through the ears and the other senses from the outside world while you meditate. It is not a matter of turning the back upon oneself.

Rather, it is a matter of allowing all thoughts to arise and then allowing them to die away in their own time, not giving them energy, not ignoring them, but sitting with them, observing them as part of what is occurring within the self. Without their being given energy, they will by their very nature die away. It is interesting as you work with the silence within to see those thoughts that arise not once, or twice, but again and again. One may look at these, not within the meditation but at other times. When you are contemplating the thoughts of the day, you may look at those patterns of thought that habitually arise when the mind starts talking. As you begin to see the patterns of your concerns, you begin to see into that nature within you that is emotional, and that has antennae that have been created to stick out into the world, both within and without, to sense when a particular catalyst is coming towards that antennae. When that antenna finds that it is triggered, that antennae begins its work of tracking that thought.

Now Q’uo said that there are ways in which guidance may be sought by Y that are safer and more able to be done on his own than the gift of channeling, and Q’uo began with dreams by saying that the dreamscape has gifts to offer his conscious self at a level of which few entities are aware that communication is occurring when they are awake, but the spirit portion of Y is quite aware of this communication, as is his body itself, so Q’uo wanted to look at the mind and the confusion that entities upon Earth have about this organ that came with our body which was created to make choices for survival, and our mind thinks in terms of gathering those things that are needed for physical survival so that the choice-making mind shall always look for advantage, and few of those who are awake and aware of the nature of the spirit are very fond of the mind that is the choice-maker. Then Q’uo said that there is another kind of mind that exists within the same “gray matter” as the mind of the body, and that is the mind of our heart that comes from the metaphysical side of the creation rather than the physical side of the creation of the Father, and the mind of our heart: “is not bound by the need to survive, for it is eternal. It is not bound by the need for advantage, for it knows all things are one. That mind is, when allowed to be completely uncluttered, as free and full as is the universe itself; as aware, as gentle, as powerful, and as all-knowing.” They said that this mind has no words, and there are many times when its nature springs forth, and we are suddenly aware that our mind has a consciousness that is eternal and that is not bound by human fleshly desires, and usually it is because we have come into the radiant aura of someone who is acting from the open heart. Q’uo continued by saying that when we see an entity that is loving, and we catch its love as if it were a communicable disease, and like any other state of mind, the state of mind that is unconditional love communicates from one entity to another, and it is through this contact that most entities begin to think about what it would be like to be a creature of an angel that is here on Earth, but is not of the Earth, and we may have someone in mind that has been such a loving presence for us and has given that blessed aura in which the consciousness of our heart can come alive and communicate freely, and: “Does not your heart soar within you when this occurs, when the fetters of earthly thinking fall away, and the only horizon that is yours is the horizon of the highest and best that can be imagined by you?” Q’uo went on to say that we have the ability to work with those images that are given to us within the dream state, and this is excellent work, and that we need to remember that working with dreams is seldom literal because our mind has a great deal of humor in the way it puts together messages that it wishes for us to receive, so Q’uo suggested that we look at the images of our dreams in the literal sense but also we should let our brain sag in the middle and make connections that are not obvious, and play with those images to look for inner resonances that turn us in a different direction in thought that will help us to understand ourself better. Now Q’uo said that there is a second line of work which is available to us that we can accomplish by ourself which is the work of meditation which can be done by simply turning to the silence within us, and when we turn within we may silence the outside world by ignoring it and the discussion of our inner self that carries on its habitual discussion with itself. Q’uo said that in meditation it is a matter of: “allowing all thoughts to arise and then allowing them to die away in their own time, not giving them energy, not ignoring them, but sitting with them, observing them as part of what is occurring within the self. Without their being given energy, they will by their very nature die away.” They said that it is interesting as we work with the silence within to see those thoughts that arise again and again, and we may look at these when we are contemplating our thoughts of the day, and we may look at the patterns of these thoughts that habitually arise when our mind starts talking, and as we begin to see the patterns of our concerns, we begin to see into that nature within us that is emotional, and that has antennae that stick out into the world, both within and without, to sense when a particular catalyst is coming towards us, and then that antennae begins tracking that thought. On December 2, 1979, Hatonn spoke of the value of meditation:

Most people upon your plane of existence do not spend hours in meditation, nor do they spend hours in service. The meditation is advisable to all persons due to the fact that it is in meditation that you are made aware of your true relationship to the Creator and the creation. It is in meditation that you become aware that you and your brothers and sisters are one being and to serve them is to serve yourself. Armed with this understanding of service, you may then go forth and serve, given power by the Spirit of Love which is infinite.

If, on the other hand, you go forth to be of service to others without taking on the aspect of the Spirit of Love which is infinite, your ability to be of good cheer in your service will diminish and fail. For that which was given to your personality in this chemical illusion is limited. The only way that you can always be of service is to continually restore your understanding of the holiness of the ground whereon you walk through contemplation of that which is divine.

You must understand that in meditation you are not trying to contact anything. The idea in meditation is one wherein you realize that you are. Not who you are, not where you are, but that you are. That you are aware, that you are in the eternal present. When you feel this, you will feel a sweetness and a closeness to the Creator that come from breaking through the illusions of space and time and coming into that place where you can simply be who you are. That person is greatly loved by the Creator. And that person can greatly love others.

Whatantennae do you have, my brother? Where are the triggers that move you from your silent, infinite self back into the world in which you must make choices, in which there is fear, and in which one must defend, and find an advantage? It is those triggers, when identified, that you may then work on in a conscious manner, consciously doing the work of disciplining the personality so that it begins to recognize, to accept, and to smile at those triggers that would plunge the soul within into that dailyness and everyday world, which is the world of fear and desire. In meditation, in the silence, you move beyond fear and beyond any desire except for that utter focus upon the truth. The seeking that is at the heart of you can then be allowed to have its beingness. And as that seeking is allowed, in the place where desire and fear were before, that focused, inner self becomes an asking, a desiring, a yearning, and a question. Yet that question is within eternity and the answers that come in that muscular, strong silence are the answers of eternity and infinity, moving deeply beneath any possibility of words, moving into the heart of self, the essence, the pith of that part which is as the truest part of you.

It is as though you came into incarnation with a treasure trove inside you, within which lies infinite life, eternal life, complete truth and utter oneness with all things. It is not locked against thieves from the outside. Rather, it is locked against casual entry by yourself. Perhaps you have heard the old saying that there are always guardians at the gate of any temple. You have found an excellent guardian at the gates of the temple of your heart that guards against casual intrusion, shallow caring, incomplete dedication, that guards that which is you in a truer and less fettered state but which does not have form, from that within which partakes of form in your thought processes, that is the choice-making mind, being part of that which is attempting to gain entry into the sanctum sanctorum of your own heart, this treasure trove within in which the Creator awaits. Consequently, as you come into the silence, empty the self, open the self, and allow the self to become utterly humble, utterly quiet. Assume that pose of the one who waits. And listen, my brother, to that silence with all your attention. This is easier said than done and certainly this instrument would say that she is still very poor at practicing the gifts of meditation. Yet the attempt to do such in a purer way is that which gains the ground, that which makes the progress, for so much of the metaphysical process is based in intent rather than in any perceived achievement.

Further, when a practice of meditation has been established in a way that is satisfactory to you yourself, it is entirely possible for you to dedicate a time to what this instrument would call conscious journaling. Perhaps you may be familiar with this method of seeking. It is one in which you either write that which comes to you or in which you write down a question, and then let your pen begin to write as if you knew the answer. Little by little you may find with this way of conscious journaling that you are beginning to be able to hear those inner voices of guidance within you that would wish to speak.

The only suggestion that we would have in order to safeguard you during these times is that you not use them in working with other entities but use them only for your own growth and your own learning. For as they are part of your inner guidance, they are privileged information for you. It is a very intimate and personal connection that you have with guidance, and it is not that which would give guidance to others. Were you to begin giving guidance to others with your own personal guidance, then there would come to be a difficultly with infringing upon the free will of others and offering information that was not, shall we say, tailor-made for them but rather for yourself. Therefore, offering it to others is offering it through distortion which was not intended by the guidance that gave it.

We hope that we have explained the difficultly here, for it is a subtle one. But it does have to do with the free will of all and the very intensely personal nature of truth. Your creation is yours alone. In a way, all is one, but in the way of learning and teaching, each entity has its own creation. Each who sits in this circle has its own creation and the rules, the study, the progress, the evolution of each of you is unique. You cannot transfer truth, wisdom, and perfection as perceived by one person, whole and complete, to another entity. One can only move up from one’s essence to the level of words, to that level which is so shallow and frustrating and, by open communication, share those gifts which have been yours to receive without any attachment as to whether any other soul appreciates or responds to that same information.

Q’uo asked where are the triggers that move us from our infinite self back into the consensus reality where we must make choices and in which we must defend ourselves and find an advantage? They said that when we can identify those triggers that we may consciously do the work of disciplining our personality so that it begins to recognize and to accept those triggers that would plunge our soul into that everyday world which is the world of fear and desire, but in meditation we move beyond fear and beyond desire except for our focus upon the truth so that the seeking that is the heart of us can be allowed to have its beingness, and as that seeking is allowed, in the place where desire and fear were before, our inner self becomes a question, and that question is within eternity, and the answers that come in the silence are the answers of eternity, moving into the heart of ourself which is the truest part of us. Then Q’uo said it is as though we came into incarnation with a treasure trove inside of us, within which lies infinite life and oneness with all things, but it is locked against casual entry by ourself, and we have an excellent guardian at the gates of the temple of our heart that guards against our shallow caring and  incomplete dedication, and it guards that: “which is you in a truer and less fettered state but which does not have form, from that within which partakes of form in your thought processes, that is the choice-making mind, being part of that which is attempting to gain entry into the sanctum sanctorum of your own heart, this treasure trove within in which the Creator awaits.” So Q’uo said that as we come into the silence we should empty ourself, and assume that pose of the one who waits, and listen to that silence with all of our attention, but this is easier said than done, yet the attempt to do such in a purer way is that which makes progress, for so much of the metaphysical process is based in intentions rather than in any perceived achievement. Q’uo went on to say that when we have established a practice of meditation in a way that is satisfactory to us, it is possible for us to dedicate time to conscious journaling where we either write that which comes to us, or where we write down a question, and then let our pen begin to write as if we knew the answer, and eventually we may find that using conscious journaling allows us to be able to hear our inner voices of guidance that would wish to speak to us. Q’uo continued by suggesting that in order to safeguard us during these times of journaling that we not use this information in working with others but use it only for our own growth, for as it is part of our inner guidance it represents a very intimate connection that we have with our guidance, and if we began giving our guidance to others then there would be a difficultly with infringing upon the free will of others. Now Q’uo said that they hoped that they have explained the difficultly here because it has to do with the free will of all and the personal nature of truth because our creation is ours alone, and we cannot transfer our truth, wisdom, and perfection to another person because we can only move up from our own essence to that level which is so shallow and frustrating and, by our open communication, share those gifts which have been ours to receive without any attachment as to whether any other soul appreciates that same information. On May 11, 1996, L/Leema spoke of the value of inner guidance:

The source of which you speak may be called the Comforter, for within the service of the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the One Infinite Creator are vibrational complexes which offer themselves according to the quality and nature of the call to those such as yourself who seek what may loosely be called an inner guidance. These sources of comfort move as they are called and speak as they are allowed in a fashion most likely to be understood by the entity who calls. In your particular case at this particular time, the form which this communication takes is the one of the expressing of a heartfelt concern and the awaiting of an answer that takes the form of writing upon the paper. Thus, it is correct to see this communication as a type of channeling, yet do not all entities channel the one Creator in one form or another, thus the form you have chosen is unique to the purpose that you have chosen.

My brother, we believe that this is the extent to which we would wish to speak upon that main question. May we ask at this time if you would like to follow up with another query or if you have another question at this time?

Y: Thank you for your guidance. What advice can you give me about my physical problems—my stomach, my back, and my emotional problems?

We are those of Q’uo, and we are aware of your query, my brother. We make this instrument smile, for she also has her stomach, her back, and her emotions in common with yours. They are not doing her their best, shall we say, either, and yet somehow we shall speak to the both of you.

In the matter of physical ailments, the body is always the creature of the mind. Certainly, this instrument has done a good deal of work, moving back into the early days of her incarnation and discovering those threads of fear, and crassness, and roughness that, even before this entity was born, created for her a disgust of the ways of thinking that exist within consensus reality, or the outside world as you know it. Let us say simply that it is well to become aware of the self as an entity which has come into an environment with which it is not particularly familiar and in which it is not comfortable. The choice to come into this arena of catalyst and choice was a heartfelt one, and it came from a desire to serve, and so you, and this instrument, and many others have come through the densities, knocking at the door of third-density incarnation asking to serve, asking to walk among those native to third density on planet Earth at this time in order to do all that you may, in your humble way, to join in the response that you truly felt to the suffering of the planet Earth and of its people. A call had gone out, you see, not simply today, but for millennia.

Asthis seventy-five-thousand year cycle, that has been talked about often in this group, was coming to its end, the cry was going out from those of planet Earth and from the planet itself, a cry of suffering and sorrow, a cry of seeking and hoping, and it is in response to the suffering of Earth that you decided to apply for the privilege of incarnation in what this entity who channels would call the “heart of the beast,” the crowded byways of your globe in which the business of humankind has for so long included trauma, hardship, war, disease, and suffering of all kinds.

You yearned to help. You examined what could be done without coming into incarnation, and you were not satisfied. You truly wished to make a difference, as did this instrument, as did all those within the circle, and you knew that you could not make that difference unless you had the right to it by birth. And so you took birth. You were born into this situation, this environment, which does not agree with your sensitive nature any more than it agrees with the one known as G, with the one known as Carla, with the one known as V, or with the one known as J. None of those within this circle find it comfortable to experience life as it comes to them from the everyday experience of untuned conversation with others and the everyday, workaday world. It is that mismatch of vibrations that is the root cause of the difficulties that you now feel.

It is well to examine those areas in which you have discussed feeling discomfort. The area of the stomach is that area of orange and yellow chakra energy in which personal relationships and interactions with groups such as family and jobs are experienced. As you sit at the end of the day, it is very helpful to look back upon those things which have moved you one way or the other during that day, which tightened your stomach, which tightened your shoulders and your back, which made your emotions tighten up. In all of these contracting energies lies fear. Where have you picked up that fear? Where are the threads of that fear? That is for you to examine and to probe. And we may say that in some cases, entities have chosen the recurring of physical symptoms to nudge them back on a track towards the inner life during times when they have taken on inappropriate amounts of physical work. In this instrument’s case, this instrument often will take on physical work because the instrument, unconsciously or consciously, realizes how much easier it is to do something in the outer world than it is to turn within and seek service in that way. The instrument has been raised in an atmosphere of the work ethic, and perhaps you also share in that prejudice towards rejoicing in those things that are done, those items that may be checked off of the list of chores, the list of duties. And yet many chores and duties are those things that lie within, that take time and delicacy of thought to plumb, even to begin to understand.

So, we would suggest the evening discipline of moving through the thoughts of the day and seeing how the self is reacting, seeing what is causing those contractions. For every contraction is that which we would call fear. It is the opposite of that expansiveness, that radiancy which is light. When there is no fear, and there is only love, then the energy body is flowing completely. When there is a contraction in any of the chakras, then that infinite light of the Creator that always is flowing through one begins to find its way trammeled, blocked, or partially blocked. This in turn communicates itself to the body so that, if the emotional self has not been able to open the heart, then the physical body will express the imbalance that the mental bodies were not able to work out. When you see physical illness or conditions that do not seem propitious, think of those as the last stand, the last way that your system has of expressing, “Stop. Look. Listen. Think about this, for there is imbalance here.”

Y: Thank you for your guidance. What advice can you give me about my physical problems—my stomach, my back, and my emotional problems? Q’uo began their response by saying in the matter of physical ailments, the body is always the creature of the mind, and that it is well to become aware of the self as an entity which has come into an environment with which it is not familiar and in which it is not comfortable, and the choice to come into this arena of catalyst and choice was a heartfelt one, and it came from a desire to serve, and so you, and this instrument, and many others have come through the densities, knocking at the door of third-density incarnation asking to serve, asking to walk among those native to third density on planet Earth at this time in order to do all that you may, in your humble way, to join in the response that you truly felt to the suffering of the planet Earth and of its people. Q’uo went on to say that as this seventy-five-thousand year cycle was coming to its end, the cry was going out from those of planet Earth and from the planet itself, a cry of suffering and sorrow, and it is in response to the suffering of Earth that you decided to apply for the privilege of incarnation in what this entity who channels would call the “heart of the beast,” the crowded byways of your globe in which the business of humankind has for so long included trauma, hardship, war, disease, and suffering of all kinds. Q’uo continued by saying that you yearned to help, and you truly wished to make a difference, so you took birth, and you were born into this situation which does not agree with your sensitive nature, and you did not find it comfortable to experience life as it comes to you from the everyday workaday world, and it is that mismatch of vibrations that is the root cause of the difficulties that you now feel. Now Q’uo said that it is well to examine those areas in which you have discussed feeling discomfort, and the area of the stomach is that area of orange and yellow chakra energy in which personal relationships and interactions with groups such as family and jobs are experienced, so as you sit at the end of the day, it is very helpful to look back upon those things which have moved you one way or the other during that day, which tightened your stomach, which tightened your shoulders and your back, which made your emotions tighten up, and in all of these contracting energies lies fear. Where have you picked up that fear? Where are the threads of that fear? That is for you to examine and to probe, and we may say that in some cases, entities have chosen the recurring of physical symptoms to nudge them back on a track towards the inner life during times when they have taken on inappropriate amounts of physical work. Q’uo completed their response by suggesting the evening discipline of moving through the thoughts of the day and seeing how the self is reacting, seeing what is causing those contractions, for every contraction is that which we would call fear, and it is the opposite of that radiancy which is Light so that when there is only Love, then the energy body is flowing completely, and when there is a contraction in any of the chakras, then that infinite Light of the Creator that always is flowing through one begins to find its way trammeled, blocked, or partially blocked, and this communicates itself to the body so that, if the emotional self has not been able to open the heart, then the physical body will express the imbalance that the mental bodies were not able to work out. In 61.7, Ra speaks about how our physical body will express imbalances that our mental bodies were not able to work out:

Questioner: Second question: could you give an example of how feelings affect portions of the body and the sensations of the body?

Ra: I am Ra. It is nearly impossible to speak generally of these mechanisms, for each entity of proper seniority has its own programming. Of the less aware entities we may say that the connection will often seem random as the higher self continues producing catalyst until a bias occurs. In each programmed individual the sensitivities are far more active and, as we have said, that catalyst not used fully by the mind and spirit is given to the body.

May we answer you further, my brother?

[Pause]

We are those of Q’uo, and we do not perceive that there is a further query, my brother. Is there a final query at this time?

Y: Yes, there is a final query. What is, if you can tell me, my connection to the sacred place known as the Dome of the Rock?

Q’uo: We are aware of your query, my brother, and we find that we cannot speak upon this subject, that it would interfere with your learning processes at this time. However, we do feel that you are, shall we say, on to something and would encourage you to move into that perceived feeling of connection to see where it might take you. For this is indeed promising in your process at this time.

My brother, it has been our great pleasure to speak with you and we are just sorry that the energy does wane at this time. We thank you for the privilege of speaking with you and for sharing the energy of this group. We would leave you, with all of our blessing, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator.

Y: Thank you.

We are those of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I went outside and used my backpack blower to blow about two inches of snow out of my driveway and the parking areas in front of my home and the pet cemetery because we will be hosting a public channeling session in my home this Saturday, and I want to be sure that everyone has an easy time parking and walking to my home for this session.

This afternoon I ran some errands with my first stop being at Feeder’s Supply to buy some bird seed. My second stop was at Paul’s Fruit Market to buy some food for myself. My third stop was at Anderson’s Sales & Service where I picked up my garden tiller. My last stop was at Walgreen’s Drug Store where I bought some hair thickener and Tylenol.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

February 19

Stop, Rest And Listen

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

Stop, rest and listen. Let these be the watchwords of your busy day.

Into this day there shall come those sounds which distract the senses, for the world of the city makes powerful noise with its engines and business. And those who dwell in pastures, plains, and mountain farmlands may hear too the distracting noises of nature, that noisy, joyful mistress of the Creator’s manifestation of love and service upon your planet.

Let not these sounds disturb and distract without using this energy to return and to remember Love. May each distraction then become a prayer and each disharmony, harmony, by the realignment of the ear to inner silence.

For the peace of Jesus the Christ is not found without effort; without the turning of the will; without the remembering of the heart. Let these be your works when noise disturbs, and clamor seems to overwhelm the senses. For you are strong within, and within, you tabernacle with the silence.

We leave you in joy and peace, now and always. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from November 2, 2003:

Our question today concerns free will. We would like to know what Q’uo could tell us about maintaining free will and why free will is the first distortion of the Law of One. Why not the second or third distortion? Why did the Creator of all things feel that free will was the most important of the distortions in order to be listed first?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo, and we greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we come to you. May we say what a privilege it is to be called to your circle of seeking? As the shadows lengthen upon your world in the environment of this instrument, we rest in the beauty of the combined energy and essence of each of your souls as you blend and meld into a true circle of seeking. It is a great blessing for us to be here and to share our thoughts with you. As always, we ask that you may use your discrimination in listening to those things which we have to say, for those things which we offer are opinions and are not to be confused with some source of final wisdom or absolute knowledge.

Youask this evening concerning free will and why it has been called, in the words of the Ra, “the first distortion.” And we are glad to speak upon this topic. It is certainly a challenging and interesting topic, for it is the penetrating simplicity of the Law of One that it does begin with the free will.

Firstly, we shall address the subject from the standpoint of what this instrument would call logic, although it is a specific kind of logic which is perhaps not entirely linear. The creation is, shall we say, a figment of the imagination of the Creator. The Creator exists in a state of absolute rest within which all things occur, a primal paradox to be sure. The first distortion of this perfect balance and peace is choice, or the use of the will. In this case, it was the will of the Creator to know Itself. Consequently, it is that distortion which precedes the great original Thought, for that original Thought is an active thought, a creative and destructive thought, a powerful, active principle. The one known as D was speaking earlier concerning Love and Light and saying that the fundamental energy was Love, that wisdom was important, yet Love in the end was more important. In actuality the Love that is the one great original Thought, the Logos is that which is completely beyond that which the word “love” can express and completely beyond that which the word “wisdom” can express.

Itis as though one were attempting to name that which cannot be seen, held, heard, or in any way imagined. Consequently, the first distortion, that distortion moving away from utter potentiality and utter peace and rest, is that freedom of will, employed first by the Creator Itself, to know Itself. In making this choice the Creator became, shall we say, the one great original Thought. It is more of a shift between potentiality and actuality or kinetic reality, shall we say. However, from this Thought, which was Love, there came into being that material which the Creator used to build Its universe, and that is Light. Consequently, when we greet you in the Love and in the Light of the one infinite Creator, we are greeting you with the very stuff of the creation itself and placing ourselves, and you and all things, within this framework of all that is, which does indeed exist only in the sense that, as the one known as G was speaking earlier, the word “now” exists.

The creation may be thought of, in a way, as that moment in which all of time and all of space has its heartbeat of a moment. The illusion is that there is a vast march of consecutive moments, consecutive nows, that create years, and decades, and centuries, and millennia and eons. It is just as useful, however, in terms of spiritual growth, to think of the momentariness or the circularity of time. For each of you is far from being a prisoner of space and time. Within your noonday perception it would appear that you have many limits: you are just this tall, just this wide, you have just these experiences, just this knowledge, and just these actions to make up the passing of a normal day. Yet in reality, there is communication occurring, even in the daylight consciousness, between conscious and unconscious perceptions, between the limited consensual reality and the surrounding and permeating metaphysical reality that escapes the senses of the physical world but speaks very clearly to those great centers of knowledge and experience that lie deep within what this instrument would call the frontal lobes, that area which has such great strength and power to offer to the consensual reality self. So, there is always, in any situation, a part of you that has escaped all of the limits that seem to hem you in. There is no time at which you are truly a prisoner of your body.

Certainly, it may seem so. Certainly, within each of the memories within this circle there live those times when the self was very limited, unable to move because perhaps a bone was broken and needed mending, or there was an illness that laid one low, and there was a need to recover quietly. There are many ways that an entity can feel limited and trammeled and yet, always, there exists that continuing communication with all of those forces of the creation which indwell each tiny speck and iota of creation; for all things are alive. That intelligence, which is Light, is infinitely full of information and, as the physical vehicle of the self moves through the dance of the daily life, the interaction between that metaphysical side of self and the daylight self is continually going on. The communication can indeed be encouraged by the choices made by each of you. And the first of these choices, as the one known as G said, is simply to ask to be aware of the communication that is going on. Each asking alerts the unconscious and expresses to it a preference. The unconscious portion of self receiving this permission is then given strength. That is how faith builds upon itself, by using it as if it were a muscle. When muscles are not used, they become flabby and, sooner or later, an unused muscle will atrophy and become dysfunctional. So, it is with the power of faith, which, in a way, may be described as that certainty that there is communication between the seen and the unseen or perhaps more simply, that certainty in the unseen.

The group question for this session was: “Why did the Creator of all things feel that free will was the most important of the distortions in order to be listed first?” Q’uo began their reply by saying that they wanted to speak to the question from a non-linear standpoint by saying that the creation is a figment of the imagination of the Creator as the Creator exists in a state of absolute rest within which all things occur which is a primal paradox, and the first distortion of this perfect balance is the choice of the Creator to use Its will to know Itself so that it is that distortion which precedes the great original Thought, for that original Thought is an active thought, a creative and destructive thought, a powerful, active principle of the Love of the Logos which is completely beyond that which the word “love” can express. Q’uo continued by saying that the first distortion is moving away from utter peace and rest and is that freedom of will that was first used by the Creator to know Itself, and in making this choice the Creator became the one great original Thought which is more of a shift between potentiality and actuality, but from this Thought of Love there came into being the Light which the Creator used to build Its universe so that when Q’uo greets us in the Love and in the Light of the one infinite Creator, they are greeting us with the very stuff of the creation itself and placing themselves, us, and all things within this framework of all that is, which exists only in the sense that the word “now” exists. Q’uo went on to say that the creation may be thought of as that moment in which all of time and all of space has its heartbeat in a moment so that the illusion is that there is an infinite progression of consecutive nows that create years, and decades, and centuries, and millennia, and eons, but it is just as useful in terms of spiritual growth to think of the circularity of time because each of us is not a prisoner of space and time even though it would appear that we have many limits of our physical body’s size, the thoughts of our mind, and the experiences of our normal day, but in reality, there is communication occurring at all times between our conscious and unconscious perceptions, between the limited consensual reality and the surrounding and permeating metaphysical reality that escapes our senses of the physical world but speaks very clearly to that great center of knowledge and experience that lies deep within our frontal lobes, that area which has such great strength and power to offer to the consensual reality self, so there is always a part of us that has escaped all of the limits that seem to restrict us because there is no time at which we are truly a prisoner of our body. Now Q’uo said that it may seem that within each of the memories within this circle there live those times when the self was unable to move because a bone was broken and needed mending, or there was an illness, and there was a need to recover quietly so that there are many ways that we can feel limited, and there is always that continuing communication with all of those forces of the creation which indwell in each iota of creation, for all things are alive, and that intelligence, which is Light, is infinitely full of information and, as our body moves through the dance of the daily life, the interaction between that metaphysical side of ourself and the daylight self is continually going on so that communication can be encouraged by the choices made by each of us, and the first of these choices is to ask to be aware of the communication that is going on, and each asking alerts our unconscious and expresses to it a preference so that the unconscious portion of ourself that receives this permission is given strength, and that is how faith builds upon itself, by using it as if it were a muscle, and the use of faith may be described as that certainly that there is communication between the seen and the unseen. On September 8, 2021, Q’uo described the value of our use of faith:

There is an intelligent energy at work to attract just such experiences that are a perfect match for what the individual needs to learn and to use as its growth in an upward fashion. The use of faith connects both the awareness of the connection the individual has with the basic earth energy with its own spiritual purpose in that incarnation. Simply by having faith that this process is eternal and matched to the individual and its needs for growth—growth toward love and understanding and greater compassion—speaks to how the simple concept of faith, a turning over the process to a greater consciousness of which the individual is a part, is at work. On some level, each individual is aware that there is a great process going on—of growth, maturity, and greater awareness toward love and light—and can trust that process to take place.

It is very possible to catch this as if it were a cold, by contact with other entities who have it. And that is why so often it is helpful for spiritually motivated people to gather in groups such as this one, to share the awareness that moves too deeply for words in the being of each and yet will not be denied. There is strength in a group of entities, all of whom have agreed to posit, as at least a possibility, the reality of there being greater, deeper, higher vistas, views, and truths concerning the self than are immediately apparent within an environment that seems steeped in trivia, inanity, and folly. We are most pleased to see groups such as this one and may we say how powerful such groups are, not only to help each other within the group, although this is certainly the case, but also the energy created by a group such as this one as it seeks truly is as that light which lightens the darkness, that lighthouse which stands upon the promontory, blessing all with its guidance.

Our first point, then, is that free will is the first distortion because it is the first distortion, that distortion which made all the other distortions possible, which made creation possible, which made each of us and you here present, possible. There is a second and equally profound thread of thought concerning this first distortion of free will. This entity worships in a Christian manner and within this particular mythological system there is a three-fold designation to Deity—the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit. One may gaze at the Father as the one great original Thought. One may gaze at the Son as that Thought made into something, that Thought made into light. One may gaze at the Holy Spirit as the personification of free will. These are not directly logical connections, and we would not ask you to attempt, literally, to understand that which we are saying. We are simply attempting to show a kind of connection between the Christian way of thinking about the mystery of Deity and the similar construction within the so-called Law of One concerning that same mystery. When those within the Christian system, writing early in church history, were attempting to describe the Spirit, when the one known as Jesus was talking about the Spirit, there were similes to fire and to the wind, those things which are not controlled, those things which “bloweth as it listeth,” the wind of Spirit, the flame or fire of Spirit, coming down into the crown chakra and down into the system of those who pray to that Spirit. They are asking for the wind to blow them, for the fire to burn them. They are asking for transformation; they are asking for change; they are asking to be changed; and they are asking the agent of that change to visit them.

Itis difficult to think of free will as that which must be asked for, and yet it is important to move into a space within the self where one is able to lay all aside except the desire to know the truth. And in that place of utter humility and unknowing, in that stance of a person with empty hands waiting to receive, the request may be made for that enlivening, empowering Spirit that is free will. It is yours if you claim it. It is yours if you ask. Again, if you do not ask, if you do not claim it, little by little that muscle atrophies, and it becomes more and more difficult to move with the winds of Spirit, to move into changes that are truly moving you towards the center of yourself, helping you to know more, and that more deeply, about yourself. So one may look at this first distortion not simply as an unnamed wind or a random fire but as one’s very own wind and fire. For the whole concept of guidance from the inner planes is wrapped up in that asking which is done by free will. One cannot drag oneself, reluctantly, to embrace transformation. It certainly can happen that way, for the energies of transformation are absolutely unstoppable. Evolution will occur automatically. It is just rather slow compared to the rate of change that is possible when an entity has decided to cooperate and to lean into the process of transformation.

Again and again, it is necessary to come to the center of self with open hands, empty hands, full of unknowing, full of all of the colors that have painted your world within the last little while, whether those colors be bright and cheerful chintzes or deep purples and browns and blacks coming from difficult experiences. All of these gifts may be taken into that place and laid before the infinite One, so that you have empty hands; you have an open heart; and you are on your knees, in terms of being without pride, without arrogance, without the need to be sure or to be right. In that state you may ask that guidance system which is yours, that personification of free will which is yours, “What is the truth? Who am I? Why am I here? Whom shall I serve?”

And each time of asking is its own experience. Perhaps you shall not hear words. Perhaps you shall not have an experience that you can talk about; perhaps you shall. But those things that you ask, when you ask the Spirit, are far too deep for words. They move far beneath personality and that brittle shell of civilization and culture that are as the clothing that you wear in order to relate within this incarnation to those about you. And finally, you stand naked, glorious in the beauty of the self, that self that is a spark of the one infinite Creator. And when you can stand there, or kneel there, content just to be you and to feel that yearning and that asking rise up, then truly have you offered the greatest gift to the Creator that you possibly could. For that Creator truly wishes to know you. And It can only know you as you know yourself. What It knows about you is that which It has already experienced. What It does not know about you is that which you have not experienced, that which you have not run into. It is as though within that so-seductive appearance of personality, and face, and body there lies an undiscovered country of enormous size, with mountains, and plains, and rivers, and deep underground caverns, all of which are yours to explore. And that which is free will is your guide.

Then Q’uo said that it is possible to become aware of this communication with our subconscious, and that is why it is helpful for spiritually motivated people to gather in groups such as this one, to share the awareness that moves too deeply for words in the being of each and yet will not be denied because there is strength in a group of entities, all of whom have agreed to assume the possible reality of there being  higher views and truths concerning ourself than are immediately apparent within an environment that seems full of  trivia and folly, and Q’uo was pleased to see groups such as this one because such groups are a help to each other within the group, but the energy created by a group such as this one is like that lighthouse which stands upon the top of a hill blessing all with its guidance. Q’uo continued by saying that the first point is that free will is the first distortion because it is the first distortion which made all the other distortions possible, which made creation possible, which made each of us possible, and they said that there is a second thread of thought concerning this first distortion of free will which Carla worshipped in the Christian manner and within this particular system there is: “a three-fold designation to Deity—the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit. One may gaze at the Father as the one great original Thought. One may gaze at the Son as that Thought made into something, that Thought made into light. One may gaze at the Holy Spirit as the personification of free will.” Q’uo said that these are not logical connections, and they would not ask us to literally attempt to understand that which they were saying which was to show a connection between the Christian way of thinking about the mystery of Deity and the similar interpretation within the Law of One concerning that same mystery so that when those within the Christian system, writing early in church history, were attempting to describe the Spirit that Jesus was talking about there were comparisons to fire and to wind, those things which are not controlled, those things which “bloweth as it listeth,:” “the wind of Spirit, the flame or fire of Spirit, coming down into the crown chakra and down into the system of those who pray to that Spirit. They are asking for the wind to blow them, for the fire to burn them. They are asking for transformation; they are asking for change; they are asking to be changed; and they are asking the agent of that change to visit them.” Q’uo went on to say that free will is that which we must ask for, but it is important to move into a space within the ourself where we are able to lay all aside except our desire to know the truth, and in that place of humility and unknowing we can make the request for that enlivening Spirit that is free will which is ours if we ask for it, but if we do not ask for it that muscle atrophies, and it becomes more difficult to move with the winds of Spirit and to move into changes that are moving us towards the center of ourself and help us know more about ourself, so we may look at this first distortion as our very own wind and fire because the whole concept of guidance from the inner planes is wrapped up in that asking which is done by free will, and we cannot drag ourself to embrace transformation although it can happen that way, for the energies of transformation are absolutely unstoppable, and evolution will occur automatically, but it is slow compared to the rate of change that is possible when we have decided to cooperate and to lean into the process of transformation. Now Q’uo said that it is necessary to come to the center of ourself with empty hands,  full of unknowing, and full of all of the colors that have painted our world within the last little while, and all of these gifts may be taken into that place and laid before the infinite One, so that we have empty hands, an open heart, and we are on our knees, without pride and without the need to be right, and in that state we may ask that guidance system which is ours, that quality of free will which is ours: “What is the truth? Who am I? Why am I here? Whom shall I serve?” Q’uo completed their reply by saying that each time of asking is its own experience where we shall not hear words; perhaps we shall not have an experience that we can talk about; perhaps we shall, but those things that we ask of the Spirit are far too deep for words because they move far beneath our personality shell of the culture that are the clothing that we wear in order to relate within this incarnation to those about us, and finally we stand naked in the beauty of ourself that is a spark of the one infinite Creator, and when we can kneel there content just to be ourself and to feel that asking to rise up, then truly have we offered the greatest gift to the Creator that we possibly could, for the Creator truly wishes to know us, and It can only know us as we know ourself so that which It knows about us is that which It has already experienced, but what It does not know about us is that which we have not experienced, and it is as though within that seductive appearance of our personality, face, and body lies: “an undiscovered country of enormous size, with mountains, and plains, and rivers, and deep underground caverns, all of which are yours to explore. And that which is free will is your guide.” On May 13, 1984, Latwii spoke of the nature of our free will:

These are general guidelines, my friend, and if it be realized that the free will of each entity during the incarnation is equal to the programming before the incarnation, then it may be discovered that there is what one might call a dynamic tension or balance that exists between that which has been determined before the incarnation and the free will that is exercised during the incarnation.

The free will, of course, also is covered by the programming, yet the programming may also be altered by the free will. Thus, an entity at any time within the incarnation may be moved by two seemingly separate forces, the programming and the free will. The actions of the entity will be the product of the, shall we say, mating of the free will and pre-incarnative programming. To attempt to discover how much a part each plays in forming the actions, the thoughts, and the disposition of the entity is difficult, for both forces, shall we say, are plaited up together as one might see a rope to be, yet each plays its part.

An entity may at any time use certain ritualized techniques to express both the programming and the free will. The techniques may include that which you have described as the prayer or may include what have been called positive affirmations, and may include, for those who are seekers of the rituals to a finer degree, that called the ritualized magical performance, shall we say. In each instance the seeker is calling upon the one Creator in some form to aid the service or the lesson. As this call is made, those preincarnatedly programmed abilities and propensities lend their portion as do the incarnational free will choices. Thus, the product of the ritual is that which includes both forces. The free will may, shall we say, finely tune the general parameters of the preincarnatedly programmed path or attitude.

We believe that this is sufficient for this asking and consequently we would open the meeting at this time to further questions, if there be any. Is there a query at this time?

J: Yes Q’uo, I have a query. Two weeks ago I asked you a question about DNA set ups and you told me that my designation was third and fourth-density set ups but not quite turned on. So, I am asking your opinion about what I can do to turn that fourth-density connection on?

We are those of Q’uo, and we understand your query, my sister. The DNA of which you speak is affected by thought. Consequently, if, by the disciplining of the personality, an entity is able to begin to tune the heart to living in an open, loving, and vulnerable state, such as that state fourth-density entities experience, the perceptions that come into the mind and that tell the body what is occurring are those perceptions which will automatically hook up that which is not hooked up within the DNA strands. The stimulus for the body is the mind, so in working with the mind to move from what this instrument would call mental thinking into heart oriented thinking, it is the movement from third-density to fourth-density thinking. As the heart is allowed to think and to be strong in moving into a major part of the process of perception, the body will follow, being a creature of the mind.

May we answer you further, my sister?

J: No, that’s good.

Q’uo: We thank you, my sister. Is there another query at this time?

T: I have a query, Q’uo. I realize that the channeled meditation is mainly a metaphysical event, [and] my being at a physical distance  is probably not too important, but I was wondering whether there are any precautions or special preparations that would be useful for me to undertake so that I would not hinder the contact or cause any other difficulties?

We are those of Q’uo, and we grasp your query, my brother. We do not find that there is any concern necessary upon your part. Indeed, as you surmised, the physical location does not matter. We did find at one point in our discussion, when we were talking about the beauty of the lengthening shadows, that we became confused because we were also seeing the beauty of the morning, and we had to smile at our own version of being out-of-towners and not quite used to the experience of working with entities who are not in the same physical location. However, this was in no way a hindrance but rather for us something to chuckle at and enjoy. We are always learning from those within third density and once again we discover humor within your technology.

However, in terms of doing anything to better prepare for a contact with this group and with us, the process which this group goes through, of speaking around the circle, seems to be a very powerful and simple means of melding or combining the group so that it is indeed beating as with one heart and asking as with one soul. Consequently, we are pleased that you chose to join in the discussion beforehand and we feel that certainly, other than that, you bring to the group a great deal of light and we are most pleased that you are with us.

May we answer you further, my brother?

T: No, thank you Q’uo, that was very helpful, thank you very much.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother.

G: Q’uo, I’ve discovered, with the aid of a reading I had through D, a pattern where I am bodily present, but a portion of my consciousness will evacuate in a moment in any conversation, and I was wondering if you might have anything to offer me concerning how that pattern developed within me? Are there any techniques or exercises that I can utilize to stay present and to inhabit my body more fully?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. In terms of the genesis of this particular mental distortion, it is, as in many cases, the far reaches of early childhood which must be moved into in order to see where the pattern has begun. It is quite understandable that when there is disharmony that is present at a level which is painful to experience, the choice of a sensitive entity, in order to protect the self, is to remove the self mentally from the circumstances, since it cannot do so physically. Certainly, the processes of schooling and religious education create further times when it is desirable to put psychic distance between the self and situations which do not please the self for one reason or another. And this also has had its effect upon your personality shell.

The pain which is being avoided is not a physical pain and yet, because of the sensitivity of the particular physical body that you have and its way of being connected to the mind, there is a habit that has been formed which is as the nervousness or tension that another might feel, say, at attempting to move through a door and being unable to get it open. It is a feeling of being closed in or frustrated and yet physically there is nowhere to go to get away from that feeling. Consequently, the trip must be taken mentally. And this habit has become somewhat regularized within your personality shell.

Now in terms of how to work with it, we would suggest that you be creative and start with the premise that you are operating with faulty software and that you need it re-written to some extent. How can one work with one’s mental settings to change the default? That is the question! And we leave it to you, for this is your work to do. You have tools at your disposal. You have the dream work. You have meditation itself. You have prayer. You have many opportunities to connect with guidance, to connect with the guidance that is found in nature and so forth. All of these are at your disposal. We would also suggest the light touch, the gentle nudge, rather than a ruthless or full-scale-house-cleaning-type attempt to change the self. This is not the desirable way of dealing with the self. Rather, see the self as lovingly and as compassionately as a father would see his son or as a mother would see her baby. Ask the self, “What do you need?” And then see what you can do to…

[Side one of tape ends.]

…satisfy those needs. If there is the need for solitude, cooperate with that need and enter into solitude passionately. If there are suggested to you other things that you may do or things that you may cease doing, follow your instincts, follow your heart, follow that guidance which comes to you.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: No, that was excellent. Thank you for the most thorough answer, Q’uo.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother. Your kind words make us blush. Is there a final query at this time?

S: I have a question. I guess you’ve heard the story I told earlier. I’ve been looking for other thoughts, other opinions, other ideas about what is going on with me and my life. I would very much like to get your thoughts and ideas, what you see from your perspective.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. From our perspective, my brother, we see beauty. We see strength and courage. We see deep humility. We see gentleness and yet at the same time we see strength. We would ask that you may see these things about yourself as well. See that beauty which is yours. Let that beauty light you and light your way. See the sweetness and the kindness and the gentleness that has been your gift throughout your incarnation. And let yourself feel that kindness, that gentleness, that sweetness. You need that for yourself at this time.

Picture yourself holding yourself as if you were a baby. Rock that baby, and rock that baby, and rock that baby again. And rock that baby all night if that baby is upset, because sometimes only human touch, only the human love of a parent can get a child through a cranky night. Perhaps we could say that we see you cutting new teeth, as children will do. It is a very painful process. One cannot move with one’s normal comfort. One does not understand why it must hurt so badly because one is, after all, just a baby. We would say that this is the equivalent of that which has occurred within you. It is a natural process. It is a process that promises good growth and new “teeth.” However it is a process that is most difficult to move through.

So, we would ask that you nurture yourself. Realize, whenever you can, that there is a tremendous amount of love around you, not simply from friends such as these within this circle or from family but from a very extended family of those who are with you as guidance and simply those who are with you because they have been attracted to your goodness and to your seeking. This support system is strong to save and quick to respond, and we encourage you to use it. We, ourselves, are available at any time to give you a deeper meditation or a stronger feeling of presence. Lean into the help that is there and above all, believe in yourself, believe in this process, and know that each dark night ends with a beautiful sunrise.

May we answer you further, my brother?

S: I appreciate your kind words. I’ve even got some that you had spoken two years ago that I keep with me and read. I do appreciate the support and the kindness. From my perspective it’s so hard to see, but thank you for now.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother.

It is with profound gratitude that we say our goodbyes to this group. Thank you for the pleasure of your company. Thank you for sharing with us your hopes and your questions and allowing us to share with you as well. We leave each of you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I went to the front yard of my neighbor across the street and spread birdseed under the birdfeeders so that the deer and the squirrels could also have birdseed to eat because the bird feeders are squirrel and deer proof.

This afternoon I had a zoom meet with my two friends of over 50 years where we caught up on what has been going on in our lives since our last meeting. Then we read from the Ra Contact in Session #42 and from Living Buddha Living Christ by Thich Nhat Hanh. We had a great time together as always.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

February 18

The Hardy And Careless Lover

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of divine Love.

What protection have you from the events and circumstances of this day? Do you indeed need protection? Must umbrellas keep you from the rain of internal weather? Must you indeed armor yourself so that you never shiver, so that you are never cold or miserable? Are these estates indeed to be so avoided?

Perhaps it is better to see oneself as a hardy and careless lover of all conditions of life and take no thought for the umbrella, the warm coat, and all the armor of emotion.

It is often said, “Fear not, for I am with you.” We are of the principle of Jesus the Christ. And when this entity said, “Fear not,” He did not suggest that you would not be rained upon or shiver from the cold but only that you would not be alone or overwhelmed by experience.

Stride forth, then, into the world, recognizing its difficulties and affirming them in peace.

We leave you in that peace which does indeed pass all understanding, now and forever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from October 19, 2003:

The question today has to do with fear and love. We are assuming that fear and love are on a spectrum of… there’s a connection between them and we would like Q’uo to give us some information about how we can deal with fear, any kind of fear. Fear of doing something we haven’t done, the fear of doing something that seems difficult. V mentioned that focusing on the love aspect tended to make the fear dissipate. Is that correct? Is there anything else we can do to deal with the fear when we feel that it’s taking too much influence in our lives?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo, and we greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we come. We wish to thank each of you for creating this time and space to seek the truth. We are humbled before your energy, your beauty, and the focus of your desire. We are most grateful that you have called us to your circle of seeking. Please know we are happy to share our opinion with you, with the request that at all times you listen with great discrimination, accepting those truths that sound good to you for further consideration and banishing all those that do not sound good to you from your mind. This will allow us to speak freely, knowing that you do not see us as authorities, but rather as those having a certain kind of conversation: a conversation about ideas and about those concepts that move too deep to be expressed directly in words, those concepts of which the one known as D was speaking earlier, the various archetypes, whether they be four or twelve or twenty-two, that in some way or another give one another structure or ways to think about the Creator and one’s relationship to the Creator.

There are two questions posed within the energy of this instrument’s mind, although we have only the one on the tape recording which was done prior to our speaking, and we find it interesting that although these two subjects seem to be so far apart in nature, they benefit from being looked at together. The two subjects, being that of fear versus love and what the nature of various kinds of nature spirits is, would seem on the face of it to have little or nothing in common. And yet, indeed there is a great essence which they share.

The great jihad of the struggle of love and fear is that rock upon which many have shipwrecked their lives, their spiritual ambitions, and their hopes of progressing according to some self-made, or authority-driven plan. Energy gets stuck. Energy that has been bruised and stricken defends itself. Everything that can be imagined has energy if it is imagined. This is not to say that when we are speaking of nature spirits we are speaking of imaginary beings, for we are not. Rather, they are imaginary in the same way that you are imaginary. You are illusory in a certain order, or grade, of illusion. You vibrate in a certain series of energy fields or spheres, which have their own order and their own purpose. And they communicate with each other throughout that grade or gamut of energy vibration. Consequently, all physical bodies are communicating.

The same is true of the first-density entities and the second-density entities among your peoples. These too, birds, animals, trees, and plants of each kind, have their own nature, their own essence, their own energy. And insofar as they are given life, there exists within them a corresponding spirit to your spirit. Is the spirit of a flower, or a tree, or a stone or the wind, the same thing as your spirit? Not at all. In the case of the elementals of first-density, there is a tremendous amount of infinite wisdom in such strong and powerful purity that there is an essence that is indescribable to entities as transparent and ephemeral as living flesh. That energy of fire, the energy of wind, the energy of earth, the energy of water, is that of the everlasting element, not simply in its physical characteristics but in the corresponding spirit of those characteristics. You have only to sit at the edge of a great body of water to begin to know or become acquainted with the essence of water. You have only to stand in the high wind or to bow beneath it and, indeed, crawl on hand and knee to shelter against such a wind to understand the kind of energy that the wind offers. And the same can be seen of the energies of fire, and of earth.

This group has spent a couple of days exploring caves recently and has a special reason to become more and more aware of the power of the everlasting rock-ness. Many are the spirits that can be seen from these elements. They are seen by an eye that is not physical because their energy is that of the metaphysical energy that occupies time/space. Consequently, it has no body in space/time but only the impression, or the shadow, of the truth of such an entity. It is as though you were attempting to prove that you had ideas, ideals, hopes and dreams. Can you show them to someone? No. Do you still have them? Oh yes. In just this way, the mountain, the ocean, or the wind has the expression, the thoughts, the hopes, the ideals, the process of its nature, and because it has no hampering of self-awareness, it never moves from love. It remains blissful in its ignorance of any other choice and simply expresses its essence in a dynamic combination with those energy fields of time/space and of space/time that it may meet. Consequently, as you walk in nature or down the urban sidewalk, you are coming in contact with the sprites of the air, and the undines of water and the salamanders of fire and the gnomes of earth, all unknowing because you cannot see them with the eyes of daylight. There are always special people who can see into inner planes, for weal or for woe.

Now let us say here that in discussing the inner planes, we discuss a universe vaster than the physical universe and greatly populated with a very wide gamut of personalities. The most tremendous wisdom, compassion, and mastery lives within the inner planes. We ourselves dwell in, shall we say, a parking garage in fifth density, as it were, as we are involving ourselves with your vibrations at this time. We are part of that network of inner planes that includes all of the spirits that seek to serve. Those within first and second density, those within fourth, fifth and sixth density; all seek to serve by their very nature. It is impossible for them not to be prompted to share energy and therefore to serve.

The group question today was: “V mentioned that focusing on the love aspect tended to make the fear dissipate. Is that correct? Is there anything else we can do to deal with the fear when we feel that it’s taking too much influence in our lives?” Q’uo began their reply by saying that the great battle between love and fear is that rock upon which many of us have shipwrecked our spiritual ambitions and hopes of progressing according to our plan or one made by others because our energy gets stuck, and it defends itself so that everything that we can imagine has energy if we imagine it, and this energy is that of nature spirits which are not imaginary beings any more than we are imaginary, for we also are illusory in that we vibrate in a certain series of energy fields which have their own purpose, and the nature spirits communicate with each other throughout that grade of energy vibration, so all physical bodies are communicating. Q’uo went on to say that the same is true of the first-density entities and the second-density entities among our people because birds, animals, trees, and plants have their own energy, and as they are given life, there exists within them a corresponding spirit to our spirit although it is not the same as our spirit so that in the case of the elementals of first-density there is infinite wisdom in such purity that there is an essence that is indescribable to us as transparent living flesh, and  that energy of fire, wind, earth, and water is that of the elements, not simply in their physical characteristics but in the corresponding spirit of those characteristics so that we only have to sit at the edge of a great body of water to begin to know about the essence of water, and we only have to stand in the high wind to shelter against such a wind to understand the kind of energy that the wind offers, and the same can be seen of the energies of fire, and of earth. Q’uo continued by saying that our group has spent a couple of days exploring caves recently and has a special reason to become more and more aware of the power of the everlasting rock-ness that contains many spirits that we can see within these elements so that they are seen by our eye that is not physical because their energy is metaphysical energy that exists in time/space, so it has no body in space/time but only the impression of the truth of such an entity, and it is as though we were attempting to prove that we had  hopes and dreams that cannot be seen so that in this same way the mountain, the ocean, or the wind has the expression of their thoughts, hopes, and the process of their nature, and because they have no limiting of self-awareness, they never move from love. Then Q’uo said that they remain blissful in their ignorance of any other choice and simply express their essence in combination with those energy fields of time/space and of space/time that they may meet, so as we walk in nature or down the urban sidewalk, we are coming in contact with the sprites of the air, the undines of water, the salamanders of fire, and the gnomes of earth which we cannot see with our physical eyes, but there are those with special abilities who can see into the inner planes for good or for bad. Then Q’uo said that in discussing the inner planes they are discussing a universe larger than the physical universe which contains a wide variety of personalities, wisdom, compassion, and mastery which lives within the inner planes so that Q’uo dwells in a parking garage in fifth density they are involving themselves with our group’s vibrations at this time, and they are part of that network of inner planes that includes all of the spirits that seek to serve: “Those within first and second density, those within fourth, fifth and sixth density; all seek to serve by their very nature. It is impossible for them not to be prompted to share energy and therefore to serve.” On December 16, 1979, Hatonn described the nature of the inner planes:

The inner plane theory of your people is very old. It is as old as the pyramids, and it was a gift to your people by the Confederation from many, many thousands of years ago. The pyramids themselves were used in penetrating into the inner planes of existence. A very simple analogy which this instrument has frequently used is that of the television set. You have at this moment, within your domicile, a television set although it is potentially able to show you a world it is not doing so now because it has not been activated. This instrument or anyone in the room might activate it, and they might choose a channel of existence of which they enjoy the view. They will see one world on one channel, another world on the next, and so on, each channel seemingly coming from the same television set, but each world becoming completely different and completely oblivious to all the other worlds.

So, it is with the inner planes. You and all of those things in your world are energy fields, and you have energies, and certain vibrations we call those vibrations that belong to the third octave of existence. There are also other octaves of existence within your octave of existence. There are seven levels, and some of these levels are not visible, just as one channel would not be visible to another. The skill and art of penetrating into the inner planes is a hidden art. It is hidden for a reason. Each of you is here to learn the lessons of love, and as you penetrate into the inner planes, the lessons of love become very obvious, and thus your existence here becomes quite changed.

Thus, except for those occasional virtuosos, shall we say, who penetrate into the inner planes without conscious effort, for the most part they are closed to people upon your plane of existence. The method for achieving entrance into higher or, shall we say, denser, more Light, more beautiful realms of existence is a mixture of certain disciplines of the person’s visualization, applied study, meditation, and a constant will to know the truth in order to serve others. If you have this desire, you will find people who will help you in your search. For us to give you this information is not necessary for the instrument has within her library volumes which deal with this subject which are available for you to read.

Those elementals of second density are far more complex and far less solid in their nature, as would be expected from beings which are, like yourselves, those who live and die fairly quickly. However, the subtlety of second density, with its movement to the light and its relationships within the tribe or pack, create a far more exotic and far more whimsical panoply of figures and of stories in which those figures have found each other and have joined worlds. And so, creation becomes added to creation becomes added to creation, and, in the inner planes, there are many exotic kingdoms which have been created so that the essences of all of these energies, in the relationships with various humans and their cultures, can play. There is a tremendous joy and a feeling of play about the free essences of plants, animals, wind, storm, ocean, and so forth. When an entity becomes self-aware in third density, she becomes cut off from the joy, the play, and the ever-continuing presence of all of the other members of the inner plane.

Each of the sub-planes of those inner planes has its own environment. Those who are able to sift through the planes have that experience, that feeling, of almost going through different grades of water as they move through the sub-planes to that precise vibration of energies that is equivalent to their most comfortable place within the inner planes. Entities who are able to do this come into a land of milk and honey to which they may go in their meditations. Each of you has one, and each of you has, in that vibration, helpers, those whose delight it is to find a way to make that experience which you—that individual soul, that very unique soul—will have to be joyful, playful, and as the one known as J was saying earlier, a product completely of the spontaneity of the now. The energies that lie all about third-density humans as they earnestly struggle with their catalyst are energies that encourage the deepest response to the feeling which lies in the environment about the self.

Coming to a moment is coming to a banquet. How shall you enjoy the rich array of incoming experience? Shall it be a thing of love and joy and laughter, or shall it be a thing of fear and defending? Each of you is painfully aware that you are not a flower; you are not the wind; you have not been a tree for years and years. And as a person you have been cast forth into an illusion which is bound to hurt, and disturb, and upset any shred of routine and surety that you may have, for all things pass and the experience of the third-density entity within the illusion is that infinitely renewable feeling of being behind the power curve, unaware of those things which it would have been good to know in order to plan for this change that seems somehow to be taking place. The one known as John wrote in a song, “Life is what happens to you while you’re making other plans.” This is the cartoon-like nature of the catalyst that is available within your third-density world. It is always aimed at moving you from a balanced and comfortable place into a place where there is a risk to take, a challenge to meet, a cliff to walk off of, so that you may have the experience of choice. That is the one thing that is your glory and your challenge. You have the responsibility that is God-like: of choosing how you shall go on, how you shall think, how you shall meet the day, how you shall treat yourself if you’re not happy with how you met the day, and how you shall treat those other-selves that are a part of you. Shall you see them as other? Or shall you see them as the self?

There is a great journey to be taken in that regard, for third density begins as the great ape that you are is barely beginning to move into the traditional, cultural societies, forming tribes, forming instinctively those tribes that describe self and other as the tribe and not the tribe. That great sadness that we see within your political and societal planning these days is that seeming return to late second-density where there is tribe versus tribe with no hope of communication and parity becoming possible between them. Consequently, each entity moving through the various sub-levels of third-density is attempting, more and more, to move from the uneducated idea of self, as only self and other-self that looks just like you because it is the same tribe, to self being the same as other-self, because self and other-self are both ensouled parts of the same Creator.

The education between those two points is vast, immense, and unimaginable. Each of you has spent lifetime upon lifetime attempting, with a pure heart and a good will, to penetrate the mystery of oneness. In a world where nothing looks like it is one with you, how can you catch on to what is not being seen? How can you hear what is not being said, what cannot be said, for there are no words? The secret is energy, that energy about which the one known as J will speak, sharing her passion for the beautiful simplicity of the healing touch, and not even the healing touch, but the energy of the healing heart. Indeed, it is that environment that is beyond words that moves into that walk of faith that exists only in midair. For in that particular discipline, as in so many disciplines that go under the modality of the laying on of hands, the true healing is not in a touch, but rather, in the love that that energy of the touch carries, because of the work that that particular instrument has done as a messenger of healing.

Then Quo said that the nature of elementals of second density is more complex and less solid as would be expected of beings who live and die fairly quickly, but the subtlety of second density, with its movement to the light and its relationships within the pack, creates a far more exotic collection stories in which those figures have found each other and have joined worlds so that creation becomes added to creation, and in the inner planes, there are many kingdoms which have been created so that the essences of all of these energies, in the relationships with various humans and their cultures, can play, and there is a joy and a feeling of play about the essences of plants, animals, wind, and storm, so when an entity becomes self-aware in third density, she is cut off from the joy, the play, and the presence of all of the other members of the inner plane. Q’uo continued by saying that the sub-planes of the inner planes have their own environment, so if we can sift through the planes we will have that feeling of going through different grades of water as we move through the sub-planes to those energies that are equivalent to our most comfortable place within the inner planes, and then we come into a land of milk and honey where we may go in our meditations, so each us has one, and each of us has helpers whose delight it is to find a way to make that experience which we will be joyful and a product of the spontaneity of the now, and the energies that lie all about us as we struggle with our catalyst are energies that encourage the deepest response to the feeling which lies in the environment about ourself. Q’uo went on to say that coming to a moment is like coming to a banquet, and we wonder how we shall enjoy the rich incoming experience, whether it is full of love and joy, or shall it be a thing of fear and defending? Q’uo said that each of us is aware that we are not a flower, or the wind, and we have not been a tree for many years, and as a person we have been born into an illusion which is bound to disturb any kind routine and surety that we may have, for all things pass, and our experience within the illusion is that continuing feeling of being behind the power curve and unaware of those things which it would have been good to know in order to plan for this catalyst of change that is available within our third-density world and is always aimed at moving us from a comfortable place into a place where there is a challenge to meet, so that we may have the experience of choice that is our glory and our challenge so that we have the responsibility that is God-like: “of choosing how you shall go on, how you shall think, how you shall meet the day, how you shall treat yourself if you’re not happy with how you met the day, and how you shall treat those other-selves that are a part of you. Shall you see them as other? Or shall you see them as the self?” Then Q’uo said that there is a great journey to be taken in determining how we shall see others because third density begins as our great ape nature is just beginning to move into the cultural societies and instinctively forming tribes that describe us as part of our tribe and others as not part of our tribe, and Q’uo said that they saw great sadness within our political and social planning that seemed to be returning to the late second-density where it is tribe against tribe with no hope of communication and equality  becoming possible between them so that each of us that is moving through the sub-levels of third-density is attempting to: “move from the uneducated idea of self, as only self and other-self that looks just like you because it is the same tribe, to self being the same as other-self, because self and other-self are both ensouled parts of the same Creator.” Now Q’uo said that the education between those two points is vast and unimaginable, and each of us has spent lifetimes attempting, with a pure heart and a good will, to penetrate the mystery of oneness so that in a world where nothing looks like it is one with us: “How can you catch on to what is not being seen? How can you hear what is not being said, what cannot be said, for there are no words?” Then Q’uo said the secret is energy, that energy of the healing touch, the energy of the healing heart, and it is that environment that is beyond words that moves into that walk of faith that exists only in midair because in that particular discipline the true healing is in the love that that energy of the touch carries, because of the work that the healer has done as a messenger of healing. In 17.18, Ra described the nature of true healing:

Those who heal may be of any density which has the consciousness of the spirit. This includes third, fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh. The third density can be one in which healing takes place just as the others. However, there is more illusory material to understand, to balance, to accept, and to move forward from.

The gate to intelligent infinity can only be opened when an understanding of the instreamings of intelligent energy are opened unto the healer. These are the so-called Natural Laws of your local space/time continuum and its web of electromagnetic sources, or nexi, of instreaming energy.

Know then, first, the mind and the body. Then as the spirit is integrated and synthesized, those are harmonized into a mind/body/spirit complex which can move among the dimensions and which can open the gateway to intelligent infinity, thus healing self by light and sharing that light with others.

True healing is simply the radiance of the self causing an environment in which a catalyst may occur which initiates the recognition of self, by self, of the self-healing properties of the self.

The energy of other-selves can be a palpable thing and interestingly enough, you can affect the energy of others. How can you do this? You may do it mechanically by thinking to yourself, upon looking at someone else, “This too is me. This is my brother, and I love him,” or alternately, “Thou art God.” Or alternately, as this instrument often says, “You are my mirror.” You too are a mirror. What you forget, because you are sitting within your own space, is that you are radiating. Each within this circle is very powerful, has done a good deal of work, no matter what the biological age of those in the circle. Each of you has a metaphysical essence that is powerful. As you allow that feeling of your own self to open up, as you simply allow yourself to be yourself, to flower, to look out of yourself at the beauty of all of those around you, as you listen to each energy and “feel into” the energy of those who are speaking in desultory tones about the room, you can begin to make those heart connections with each mirror, with each part of yourself, thanking each part of yourself, knowing that if you were to pursue that particular person, that particular relationship, that would be a very valuable mirror that you could not get from anyone else. Each person then becomes a treasure trove of undiscovered things, undiscovered simply because you have not spent the time to open up to that person and to share what the energy has to offer each of you in that dynamic between you.

When you can, for the first time, move from an intellectual appreciation of the oneness in all to a feeling within your own heart that as you are looking at the Creator as the Creator, there is a magical occurrence that reduces fear. That magical occurrence is love, a feeling of love that springs forth like a fire. In the glow of that fire there is communication from essence to essence, and the hearts of those that you are speaking to know that you love them. And there is that within their being that again opens, and then they love you back. And the supportive energy of that relationship, once begun by the open heart, is irresistible. Trust the energy that is yourself. We do not say, “Put aside all fear.” We would not do that to entities that might feel undefended, and naked, and vulnerable beyond their ability to enjoy creation and existence. We are aware that for some it is powerful even to take part of the armor away, to lighten it, to shorten it, to leave it off for small periods of time. Have the feeling when working with fear of “a little is a lot,” because it is so difficult to judge the self, and it is so seldom accurate when attempted that we would suggest, rather, focusing simply upon the process, upon giving it a good try and upon being extraordinarily good to yourself no matter what the perceived outcome.

What you are attempting to do as you filter the experiences of your life through the processes of the disciplining of the personality is to become easier and easier with yourself, and easier on yourself, while at the same time, remaining honest concerning your process; that is to say, it is well to be ruthlessly honest with yourself and with the Creator, in your continuing conversation with the Creator, but it is not a good idea, no matter what your basic feelings of irritation may be at the self, to berate the self, or to lose respect for the self, or to act in such a way that there is the expression to the self of dissatisfaction, of feeling that the self is unworthy. These things are all too easy to promulgate within the inner life. They are those stumbling blocks that trip up your feet and keep you from moving forward. They have been put there by voices not your own, but in many cases, you have accepted them, internalized them, and made them live far past their time of truth, if there ever was a time of truth for some of those deeply painful childhood insults. See the pain and the suffering that has been endured by you, that has caused fear to become a habit returned to again and again. See with eyes of love and compassion.

This instrument carries a doll frequently when it is at home. It talks to the doll, and it asks the doll to tell her its dreams. It is in this way that this particular entity seeks to undo damage done to her as a child by those who did not make her feel wanted, needed or listened to. There are ways to work on these difficulties that can be perceived as perhaps being the foundation for those fears that now trouble the seemingly grown and adult life. It is most helpful to open heart and mind together to the processes of seeing where these threads of fear take you. They are the breadcrumbs along the trail that will lead you to a deeper appreciation of self and a deeper ability to interpolate and amalgamate the self of all of those perhaps slightly separated parts of self that have moved away from other parts of self because of wounding, because of difficulty in holding the energy of self completely together.

Now Q’uo said the energy of others can be a real thing, and we can affect the energy of others by mechanically thinking to ourself when we look at someone else: “This too is me. This is my brother, and I love him,” or alternately, “Thou art God.” Or alternately, as this instrument often says, “You are my mirror.” because we are also a mirror, but  what we forget, since we are sitting within our own space, that each within this circle is powerful and has done a good deal of work, no matter what their biological age, and each of us has a powerful metaphysical essence so as we allow that feeling of ourself to open up and be ourself, and as we listen to each energy and “feel into” the energy of those who are speaking in superficial tones about the room, we can begin to make those heart connections with each mirror as a part of ourself; and thanking each part of ourself; and knowing that if we were to pursue that relationship it would be a valuable mirror that we could not get from anyone else; so that each person becomes a valuable supply of undiscovered things because we have not spent the time to open up to that person and to share what the energy has to offer each of us in that dynamic between us. Q’uo continued by saying that when we can move to a feeling within our own heart that as we are looking at the Creator, as the Creator, there is a magical occurrence that reduces fear, and that magical occurrence is a feeling of love that springs forth like a fire, and in the glow of that fire there is communication from essence to essence, and the hearts of those that we are speaking to know that we love them, so there is that within their being that opens, and they love us back so that the supportive energy of that relationship, once begun by our open heart, is irresistible so we should trust the energy that is ourself. Q’uo did not say, “Put aside all fear.” because they would not do that to entities that might feel undefended and beyond their ability to enjoy their existence because Q’uo was aware that for some it is powerful to take part of the armor away, to lighten it, and to leave it off for small periods of time since when we are working with fear that “a little is a lot” because it is so difficult to judge ourself, and it is seldom accurate when we attempt it that Q’uo suggested that we simply focus upon giving the process a good try and being good to ourself no matter what the perceived outcome. So Q’uo said what we are attempting to do as we process the catalyst of our life through using the disciplining of the personality is to be ruthlessly honest with ourself and with the Creator, but it is not a good idea to berate the ourself, or to have the feeling that we are unworthy since these things are those stumbling blocks that trip up our feet and keep us from moving forward, and they have been put there by voices of others, but we have accepted them and have given them life far past their time of truth for some of those deeply painful childhood insults, so we should see with our eyes of love that which has caused fear to become a habit returned to again and again. Q’uo said that Carla carries a doll frequently when she is at home, and she talks to the doll and asks it to tell her its dreams, and this is the way that she seeks to undo damage done to her as a child by those who did not make her feel wanted or listened to so that there are ways to work on these difficulties that can be perceived as being the foundation for those fears that trouble the adult, and it is helpful to open the heart and mind together to see where these threads of fear take us because they will lead us to a deeper appreciation of ourself and a deeper ability to merge ourself with all of those separated parts of ourself that have moved away from other parts of ourself because of wounding and because of difficulty in holding the energy of ourself completely together. On November 13, 2003, Q’uo spoke about where the threads of fear come from:

In the matter of physical ailments, the body is always the creature of the mind. Certainly, this instrument has done a good deal of work, moving back into the early days of her incarnation and discovering those threads of fear and crassness and roughness that, even before this entity was born, created for her a disgust of the ways of thinking that exist within consensus reality, or the outside world as you know it. Let us say simply that it is well to become aware of the self as an entity which has come into an environment with which it is not particularly familiar and in which it is not comfortable. The choice to come into this arena of catalyst and choice was a heartfelt one and it came from a desire to serve; and so you and this instrument and many others have come through the densities, knocking at the door of third-density incarnation asking to serve, asking to walk among those native to third density on planet Earth at this time in order to do all that you may, in your humble way, to join in the response that you truly felt to the suffering of the planet Earth and of its people.

We would at this time ask if there is a continuing query upon this subject or if there are other questions at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

J: Hi, Q’uo, this is J. I really appreciate what you said, and I just wanted to ask you a quick question. I was told this weekend that I’m an adult indigo, and I was wondering if you could speak to this, and if that’s why I have been so attracted to doing energy work and vibrational medicine. Does it have to do with the fact that I am an adult indigo?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. That phraseology is acceptable as a way of designating a particularly opened-up and lively, shall we say, energy of the merkabah or the—I give this instrument an image of the spirals of the DNA and that there is more light there than is normally carried. We are having difficulty because of the phraseology of “indigo child.” There are those who are wired strictly for third density; there are those who come into incarnation with some of the wiring for fourth density already in place and simply needing to be, shall we say, hooked up, and that is your designation. There are others who are completely activated and some of those designated as indigo children are of the latter type, others being of the middle type.

May we answer you further, my sister?

J: No, that’s all for now, thank you very much.

Q’uo: We thank you, my sister. Is there another query at this time?

T: Yes. I have said several times that the need for polarity in our illusion can be fulfilled by using the memory. In other words, you don’t have to have good and bad or good and evil right directly in your experience every day. You can look at the negative aspect and draw from your memory of negative aspects in your life, in the past. Will that suffice for the polarity that is necessary to stay in this illusion? Could you comment please?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Indeed, there are those whose discipline is such, and whose imagination has focused, so that this is possible. For, shall we say, the majority of entities, a purely inner vision lacks satisfaction, whereas we would say that, as the one known as V had noted in conversation not too long ago, the function of the video game is so to populate an imaginary battlefield with imaginary enemies that one may bash heads in glorious carelessness of the propriety of doing so in the outer culture, for there is only the image that is being bashed. Nevertheless, when it is done as a spiritual practice it is amazingly efficient. The key is the imagination and the discipline to make the connection between those energies which need disciplining and the seeming abandon of the so-called video game.

May we answer you further, my brother?

T: No, thank you, that’s fine.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you, my brother. Is there another query at this time.

G: Q’uo, if it’s not too large for this working I was wondering if you can comment on how one can distinguish between one’s own feelings and those of another? How can one protect against the negative feelings of others, and how one can transmute those feelings taken on from others within the self?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. You are indeed correct that it is a larger query than some, and perhaps we shall make this the last query of this particular session because of that fact. For most entities brought up within your culture, the difficulties of knowing what feelings are one’s own and what feelings are not, is not a problem because there is a characteristic self-involvement that dictates that there will be no confusion between the feelings of self and the feelings that are not of the self. However, when one has begun a process of opening and sensitizing the self to that which is more real, more true, more beautiful, more to be admired, the self does become less aware of the boundary between one’s own universe and the universes of others. This is due to the fact that there is no boundary between the universe of the self and the universe of others except those boundaries that are created by the mind of the person.

If it is assumed, as this instrument often does without realizing it, that all are one, and all are thinking as one, then one sees one universe and one’s feelings naturally move in that one big happy universe where all is known; all is good; and all is loved. This instrument has done a great deal of work in the past few years learning how to make boundaries so that it is able, as a person, to take care of itself and also to have the ability to love others as the self as opposed to thinking that all feelings were her own, and all needed to be addressed equally. It is a very confusing universe to one who has become unable to make those boundaries between self and other-self, and as you have said, my brother, it is especially difficult when those feelings which are being imported into your system from a system of another are perceived as negative. It becomes a most uncomfortable and pertinent question as to how to make the boundaries that create comfort zones within the situation where there is overlap in aura, as there is in virtually every urban setting, and certainly in a household such as you enjoy at this time, where there is a constant presence within the dwelling of people whose auras do indeed overlap.

This is not, per se, a negative or positive thing. It can be either. What is occurring in a situation where there are overlapping auras is that there is the opportunity to exchange energy. The downside of this exchange of energy is when the exchange…

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

[A portion of the channeling was not recorded.]

The question of how to determine one’s own boundaries can become very subtle. It may be as easy as physically removing the self from an environment, repeatedly, to see what changes may occur when one is in the environment and then out of it. It may be that there is talking to do to the self; that there are voices within the self that need to speak and say, “This is not me,” and, “This is me,” and, “Let me get you to understand this point of view even though it is not me.” One can have some interesting conversations around the campfire of self and in some cases talking out loud to the self, about the self, one may begin to hear the true self and hear what one has picked up as a rider, and hear the difference between what really is the self and what has been simply picked up and started to be carried around on the coattails of the self.

There is also the entire arena of physical cleansing that is helpful in creating boundaries, the smudging of the self with the sacred sage; the ritualistic immersion in meditation of the preferred kind in which that question is put to the self, “Show me myself, show me the shape of myself.” There are many ways to ask and indeed, for each person this is a very personal and very idiosyncratic work. Be open with the self, feel confident in following the intuitions and the hunches of self. Use journaling, use the dream process of writing the dreams down and thinking about them, use the conversation of others, and use all of those mute signs of the energy of the environment about you, the wind and the birds and so forth, all of those messengers that have spirit and wish to share energy with you.

There comes out of all this amalgamation a growing sense of being able to be a discriminator, and that is a very important feeling to gain. So, we greatly encourage those disciplines that put one in touch with one’s own powers of discrimination. It is a beautiful thing to know that all is one; but also that each of you is unique; each of you has your own shape; your own bloom, your own pollen, your own scent. Nobody like you ever was; nobody like you ever will be again. Only you have that breath to breathe, those words to say. We bless each of you as you move into your hopes and your dreams. May you walk with faith; may you walk with joy; and may you know that you are never alone; and as the one known as D so often says, that you are loved more than you can imagine.

D asked: “Q’uo, if it’s not too large for this working I was wondering if you can comment on how one can distinguish between one’s own feelings and those of another? How can one protect against the negative feelings of others, and how one can transmute those feelings taken on from others within the self?” Q’uo began their reply by saying that for most of us who are brought up within our culture that discovering what feelings are ours and what feeling are not ours is not a problem because there is the nature of our self-involvement that dictates that we will not be confused between our feelings and the feelings of someone else, but when we have begun a process of opening ourself to that which is more true and more beautiful we become less aware of the boundary between our own universe and the universes of others, and this is due to the fact that there is no boundary between the universe of ourself and the universe of others except those boundaries that are created by our minds. Q’uo went on to say that if we assume that all are thinking as one, then we see one universe, and our feelings naturally move into that one big universe where all is known; all is good; and all is loved, and Carla had done a great deal of work in the past few years learning how to make boundaries so that she is able to take care of herself and also to have the ability to love others as herself as opposed to thinking that all feelings were her own, and all needed to be addressed equally because it is a very confusing universe for us if we have become unable to make those boundaries between ourself and others, and it is especially difficult when the feelings which we feel are coming into our system from another person’s system that we feel are negative, and the question is how to make the boundaries that create comfort zones as there is an overlap in auras, especially in virtually every urban setting, and certainly in a household where there is a constant presence within the dwelling of people whose auras do indeed overlap with ours. Q’uo continued by saying that this could be a negative or a positive thing so that what is occurring in a situation where there are overlapping auras is that there is the opportunity to exchange energy, and the question of how to determine our boundaries can become very subtle because it may be as easy as physically removing our self from an environment, repeatedly, to see what changes may occur when we are in the environment and then out of it, or it may be that we can talk to ourself; that there are voices within ourself that need to speak and say, “This is not me,” and, “This is me,” and, “Let me get you to understand this point of view even though it is not me.” Or we can have some interesting conversations around the campfire of ourself by talking out loud about ourself, and we may begin to hear our true self and hear what we have picked up as a rider, and hear the difference between what really is ourself and what has been simply picked up and started to be carried around on the coattails of ourself. Then Q’uo said that there is also the physical cleansing the home that is helpful in creating boundaries; the smudging of ourself with the sacred sage; the meditation of the preferred kind in which that question is put to ourself, “Show me myself, show me the shape of myself.” And there are many ways to ask and indeed, for each of us this is a very personal and unique work, so we should be open with ourself and feel confident in following our intuition and use: “journaling, use the dream process of writing the dreams down and thinking about them, use the conversation of others, and use all of those mute signs of the energy of the environment about you, the wind and the birds and so forth, all of those messengers that have spirit and wish to share energy with you.” Q’uo completed their reply by saying that there comes out of all of these thoughts a growing sense of our being able to be a decision maker which is a very important feeling to gain so that Q’uo encouraged those disciplines that put us in touch with our own powers of discrimination because it is a beautiful thing to know that all is one; but also that each of us is unique; and: “Nobody like you ever was; nobody like you ever will be again. Only you have that breath to breathe, those words to say. We bless each of you as you move into your hopes and your dreams. May you walk with faith; may you walk with joy; and may you know that you are never alone; and as the one known as D so often says, that you are loved more than you can imagine.” On May 21, 1995, Q’uo spoke of how we all are loved:

At this time many, many of those not incarnate in physical vehicles flock within the inner planes of your globe. To those who ask for help they flock by the millions to offer their candle power to heighten the inner light of those in need. Yours is third density. Ask for help and help will be given you. Reach out the hand, and it will be full of invisible but real love. You are loved, not because you have achieved but because you exist, a child of the infinite Creator. You are enfolded, snuggled, by invisible nurturing arms. Every cell of your body is perfect. Your truth is that all is perfect. There is no striving necessary, for all is well.

We are motes that dance in the sunlight, but we love you with our whole heart. Ask for help. Serve each other. And the light generated shall be beautiful indeed. As you suffer, as you experience loss and limitation, all is well. Turn often to the perfection, to the integrity, and to the healing health of praise and thanksgiving within the present moment, for all that you see and know and do is done upon holy ground. That is the floor beneath the scenery.

We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

This morning I ran some errands with my first stop being at Anderson’s Supply to drop off my garden tiller to be repaired as it won’t start. My second stop was at Paul’s Fruit Market where I bought some food for myself. My third stop was at Walgreen’s Drug Store where I bought some trash bags and some Pepsi-Zero.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

February 17

Unexpected Messengers Of Love

I am the Spirit of Love ,and I greet you in the consciousness of Christ.

It is given to us to come down like rain upon the thirsty souls of those who seek to winnow Light from darkness and spread the darkness in the nether regions, exalting Light to shine forth across the great sky of planetary consciousness.

The powerful Light-focusing abilities of the Spirit are not predictable, for the Spirit of Love has within It whisperings of Love’s wisdom which often turn the impulses of those overshadowed by Love in ways which may seem devious. Yet it is Love’s way to employ the seemingly crooked path from time to time in order that Love may break through in an entirely new place and in a completely new way. The serpent in Eden was a messenger of Love.

We leave you in peace, both now and ever. Amen

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

---

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from October 5, 2003:

We are going to take potluck this evening and hope that Q’uo will speak to the group energy. We’ve gone around the circle today, and we’ve shared a lot of very intense, interesting, involved, and complex information dealing with personal lives, opening the heart, and new directions, and we would like Q’uo to take a look at these energies, look at our hearts and speak to the concerns that are foremost in our own spiritual journeys.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo, and we greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we are and in Whose service we delight. We thank you with all of our hearts for calling us to your circle of seeking this day and are glad to share our humble thoughts with you as long as each is able to agree to listen carefully for those thoughts that appeal and those that do not, keeping the first and leaving behind the second. We appreciate this, as it gives us the freedom to speak our minds and share our opinions without feeling that we are attempting to infringe upon your free will or to speak as authorities since we honestly feel that we are not authorities but friends. We offer our thoughts with a hope that they may help, that they may be of service, and that they may be useful in your process.

But, my friends, that is that which our thoughts are made of: processes such as ours, yours, and the Creator’s. It is unknown to us, just as it is unknown to this instrument, what we shall say at any particular session of working. When we are given the opportunity to speak according to the energy in the circle, it is a marvelously freeing thing in that it enables us to lift from the logical association of subjects into a more feeling and sense-oriented way of attempting to work with those things which lie beneath the words, which can be used to describe situations, reaching down into the feelings and the structures of those feelings that have existed for some time and that have shaped those ears and those eyes that each of you brings to new catalyst, so that the person that experiences the momentary catalyst is experiencing that catalyst through the eyes of a lifetime of coloration. Many times the skill involved in processing experiences involves not accepting the first structures as being the whole truth of the situation, either its surface appearance or its deeper meaning.

We thank you for lifting up from the iron grip of logical ratiocination  and intellectual processes. For when an entity is dealing with a new and unknown situation, as the one known as S has said, there is the desire to make progress. And in that desire to make progress, the ruthlessly literal third-density biocomputer/mind, as opposed to the consciousness of each entity, wishes to apply logic to those things which defy logic because of their novelty. When one is wishing to begin a new structure, certainly one may go into the work having some idea as to what that new structure will be. For instance, this channel had spoken earlier concerning the way a new structure of a spiritual circle or a communal spiritual group might be organized, pointed, and motivated. Yet, because of the fact that this is a structure that has yet to be built and because of the fact that it can only be built by those involved in the new structure during the catalyst and the process of so building that structure day by day, the grasping mind of the instrument has nothing immediate upon which to take hold.

Similarly with each within this circle who is beginning a new pattern, it is as that entity who is moving into a new abode, a new structure within which to live the entire gamut of third-density incarnative life from the smallest, simplest, and most nitty-gritty of chores and activities having to do with the natural functions of the human body and fulfilling the needs of the human body for sustenance and warmth, all the way to the most abstruse imaginings of one who truly desires to make of the life a gift to the Creator in so many ways, small and large. Each within this group gazes now at a life that is completely new. In many ways this is beginning to become the standard situation among your peoples at this time. For, as many in the group have noted in the conversation preceding this meditation, the world is moving ever more swiftly and ever more intensely in its great rush towards the culmination of what this instrument has often called third-density life.

We are not saying that there will come a great catastrophe, and all will be finished. However, we are saying that the energies that are moving into place in order to birth the fourth density of your planet Earth move in ever-decreasing circles of attraction to that moment when fourth density shall be the officer of the day, shall we say, rather than third density. There shall be a time in your not-too-distant future when those efforts that you have made to become aware of what it is to open the heart will have culminated in that which can be done within incarnation in third density at this time upon your planet as you know it. Beyond that point there may be years and years of service and learning for those within this circle. However, the nature of that learning and the nature of the service will no longer carry the burden of the attempt to graduate from third to fourth density. For indeed, those who are able to live in an open-hearted way to a sufficient extent during this time of transition will be able to live within the fourth-density atmosphere.

However, those who are not able so to begin to open their hearts will find that the difference between the vibratory level within the consciousness and the vibratory level within the environment shall be great enough that the discomfort of living within the fourth-density Earth energy shall be too much for the physical vehicles to enjoy without significant distortion, which shall in many cases shorten lives that would otherwise have been far longer and more open to many options involved in structures of those with open hearts. In this atmosphere it becomes more and more obvious that, in the face of new structures, there is only one directive that we may offer that you may trust completely. That directive is to open the heart.

We are going to take potluck this evening and hope that Q’uo will speak to the group energy. We’ve gone around the circle today, and we’ve shared a lot of very intense, interesting, involved, and complex information dealing with personal lives, opening the heart, and new directions, and we would like Q’uo to take a look at these energies, look at our hearts and speak to the concerns that are foremost in our own spiritual journeys. Q’uo began their reply by saying all thoughts are made of the processes of opening our hearts to find new directions, so neither Q’uo nor Carla knows what Q’uo will say in any session, and when they have the chance to speak to the energy in the circle they feel more free to move from logical subjects to the more sense-oriented way of working with the concepts that are beneath words and down into the structure of feelings that have existed for some time and have shaped the way that we see and hear new catalyst we experience through our eyes of a lifetime of seeing it colored in a certain way so that many times it is more skillful not to accept our first perception of new catalyst as being the whole truth of the catalyst in either its surface appearance or its deeper meaning. Then Q’uo thanked the group for moving away from intellectual processes because when we are working with an unknown situation there is a desire to make progress, and our third-density mind wishes to apply logic to those situations which defy logic, so when we are attempting to begin a new process we will have some idea as to what this new structure will be, but: “because it is a structure that has yet to be built and because it can only be built by those involved in the new structure during the catalyst and the process of so building that structure day by day, the grasping mind of the instrument has nothing immediate upon which to take hold.” Q’uo went on to say that as each of us within this circle is beginning a new pattern it is as if we are moving into a new place to live the rest of our third-density life from the simplest of chores of fulfilling the needs and functions of our body all the way to the most obscure desire to make our life a gift to the Creator in every way that we can, so that each of us within this group now looks at our life as being completely new so that in many ways this is beginning to become a common situation among our people at this time because our world is moving more swiftly and intensely towards the end of the third density. Q’uo continued by saying that if we are not able to begin to open our hearts we will find that the difference in the vibration of our consciousness and the vibration of the environment will be great enough that we will experience discomfort when we try to live within the fourth-density Earth energy because it will be too much for our bodies to enjoy without being distorted, and this will shorten our lives which could have been longer with more options involved in the structures that would have been available if we had opened our hearts, so Q’uo said that we should open our hearts. On April 2, 2000, Q’uo spoke of the advantage of opening our hearts:

And, yet, we find that if we can move into that awareness that sees all entities and souls and all behavior as distortions of Love, no matter how we feel about the actions involved we can continue to open our hearts and allow the Love of the infinite Creator to flow through us and out into loving that distorted entity that is attempting to act negatively towards us. No matter how opaque the negative action may seem from the human standpoint, the rising to a level where all are seen as souls places the mind in a position which gives it the capacity to grasp that all is truly one, that all is truly well, and that all will truly be well.

Thisinstrument said earlier, speaking for herself, that she found it impossible to keep the heart open for a prolonged length of time; that there was the natural cycle of ego and so forth that would call to any seeking soul those temptations that would take love and replace it with fear. And such temptations are many and varied. Some are obvious, some are subtle. The true nature of such temptations becomes clear usually only when one is in the middle of having closed the heart and then having discovered the closing of the heart and beginning to work backwards from that place of being stuck, or being over-stimulated, or being blocked, so that the uses of hindsight may help the seeker discover the genesis of the conflict that has caused the previously open heart to move once again from love to fear.

We give this instrument the picture of a moonlit ocean. The water is black, sparkling with that infinitely subtle pattern of white that comes from starlight and wave motion. The roar of the ocean, being so familiar, becomes silence, and the pounding of the deep becomes stillness. And the soul, in its frail barque, is as the Indian braving the ocean in his canoe. How dare such a feeble and easily extinguished light set off into the darkness! There is the guidance of stars and the song that is not heard but felt, of the ocean speaking to itself, of that great power and magic of water hoarding its information, rolling with the movement of the stars, responding to each and every cosmic energy. And these subtle but very real energies strengthen and focus the attention of the Indian in the boat in this tiny bark canoe. Does this entity, this representative of the seeking soul, choose to have fear of the deep? Does this entity choose to share itself with the deep? Where is this entity going?

The stars do not concern themselves with the movement of the canoe. They smile their cheerful smile, coming from out of the past and into the future with their light and their information. The energies of fire gently wrap themselves about this figure as he allows his craft to move with the waves or attempts to direct it with his paddle. Each spirit moves across a great and infinitely deep ocean of energies and structures, and these entities and the structures, in their shadow form, have form. In their less shadowy reality, which is still illusion, they have no form, but only the shapes of the feelings that have been experienced while working with the moment and its structure, and its past, its present, and future.

Wemight suggest to each the growing familiarity with each thought, especially those thoughts that repeat and reappear in the mind. It is well known, in many different ways, that what one says to oneself is heard. And we would take this opportunity to say once again that each of you is a powerful and magical person. Each has words of power, and each has been speaking these words of power to the self for many years. In many cases those things which have become habitually said to the self have to do with structures that existed far into the incarnational past of the seeking soul and voices that originally were outer voices—the voices of parents, teachers, authority figures, and friends—are allowed to become those voices that have been internalized and validated by the self, not to the self’s advantage but indeed, to the self’s detriment.

Some examples are quite obvious. If this instrument says to itself each time that it forgets something that it is a fool, it will not only be forgetful, but it will feel unworthy. Take this example, and apply it to those things which each says to herself. They may be true in a literal or surface way and yet, as you note those particular truths, is there a positive advantage to prioritizing this information? What is it? If there is a positive way to absorb this information, has the voice within you found that positive way, or has it allowed laziness and carelessness to blunt the great power of choice for you? Choose carefully that which you communicate to yourself about yourself and, if you find yourself moving into patterns that create feelings of unworthiness, stop–not to correct what may be a true set of facts–but rather to gaze at that little node wherein lie the nerve endings from the past, the circumstances of the present, and the ideals and hopes of your future.

Then Q’uo said that Carla had said earlier that she found it impossible to keep her heart open for a prolonged length of time because there is a natural cycle of ego that would call temptations to seeking souls that would take love and replace it with fear, and some are obvious, and some are subtle so that the true nature of such temptations only becomes clear when we are in the middle of having closed our heart, and when we have discovered that we closed our heart we will need to work back from the place of being stuck or over-stimulated and see what catalyst caused us to close our hearts and move from love to fear. Q’uo went on to say that they are giving Carla the picture of a moonlit ocean where: “the water is black and sparkling with that infinitely subtle pattern of white that comes from starlight and wave motion. The roar of the ocean, being so familiar, becomes silence, and the pounding of the deep becomes stillness. “and the soul, in its frail boat is as the Native American, braving the ocean in his canoe and risking death, sets off into the darkness, but it has guidance from the stars and the feeling of the song of the ocean speaking to itself of the magic of its water full of information rolling with the movement of the stars and  responding to all cosmic energies, and these energies strengthen and focus the attention of the Native American in its tiny canoe, so: “does this entity, this representative of the seeking soul, choose to have fear of the deep? Does this entity choose to share itself with the deep? Where is this entity going?” Q’uo continued by saying that the stars are not concerned with the movement of the canoe, so they smile their cheerful smile that comes from the past and into the future with their light full of information, and their energies of fire gently wrap themselves around the Native American as he allows his craft to move with the waves, or attempts to direct it with his paddle, so that each spirit moves across a deep ocean of energies, and these entities in their shadow form, have form, but in their less shadowy reality they have no form, but only the shapes of their feelings that have been experienced while working with the moment and its past, its present, and its future. Now Q’uo suggested that we should become more familiar with those thoughts that repeat in our mind because we hear what we have said to ourselves, and Q’uo reminded us that we are a powerful and magical being that has words of power that we have been speaking to ourselves for many years, and in many cases those words which we have said have to do with ourself and with structures that existed far into our incarnational past, and the voices that originally were outer voices: “the voices of parents, teachers, authority figures, and friends—are allowed to become those voices that have been internalized and validated by the self, not to the self’s advantage but indeed, to the self’s detriment.” Now Q’uo said that examples of our thoughts of ourself from our past connecting to us now are quite obvious so that if Carla says to herself each time that she is a fool if she forgets something, she will not only be forgetful, but she will feel unworthy, so that we can take this example and apply it to those things which we say to ourself which may be true in a literal way and yet, as we discover these truths: “is there a positive advantage to prioritizing this information? What is it? If there is a positive way to absorb this information, has the voice within you found that positive way, or has it allowed laziness and carelessness to blunt the great power of choice for you?” So we should choose carefully that which we communicate to ourself about ourself, and if we find ourself moving into patterns that create feelings of unworthiness, stop–not to correct what may be a true set of facts–but rather to gaze at that little connecting link for the nerve endings from the past, the circumstances of the present, and the ideals and hopes of our future. On November 26, 1989, Q’uo described the potential of the feelings of unworthiness:

We are no more worthy than you. We are all seekers, all pilgrims, and all imperfect. We could suggest that one may look forward to a time when one is not so, shall we say, imperfect, as seen by the self, but we assure you that these feelings of unworthiness, insecurity, and other feelings of this kind are designed completely by yourself before the incarnation to teach you to love, and to love that which is imperfect is to make it worthy.

Examine your soul. All that is, is within you, the bad, as you would call negative emotions and ideas, and the good, as you would call positive emotions and ideas. But the source of your worth is that which makes the universe One, and yourself a citizen as important as any, as worthy as any. You are a part of the infinite Creator; you are worthwhile, necessary and beloved. May you love yourself enough to move the imperfections out of the way of your service, and never ever to hold a grudge against the self, but to forgive the self, to intend a newness which is less imperfect in the ways of doing things.

What can sitting with this node of activity and process yield for the honest and, in a way, ruthless seeker of inner balance? In each case where there is a perceived node of feelings and process, there is pay dirt. There is treasure to be found. And it is worth the time that it takes to rest within that pattern, in terms of being able to become more and more skillful in knowing the self and in seeing those habits and triggers from yesteryear, shall we say, that have crept into the present mechanism of the way the mind works, hears, and sees, all of which are choices very much up for grabs many times. It is not that we wish to cause self-doubt or to invalidate the thoughts that you have and the feelings that you feel. Rather, we ask you to stay with them, to experience through intensity and time, allowing energy to move as it will and as it must, neither hurrying it nor resisting but rather embracing it with as much love as you can and thanking it for the opportunities, be they challenging, or pleasant, or elating, as they come up and as it is time to deal with them.

Keep in mind that no matter what it feels like you are never running in circles. You are always on a spiral. You cannot stay in the same place. In terms of physical things, certainly, an entity can choose to stay in one place and end up pushing up the daisies not ten feet from where he last went to sleep. These things are possible for the physical body. However, your spirit, that consciousness, which is part of the Godhead principle, cannot stay still. It can move forward in a direction that seems fair, or it can move forward in a direction that seems de-structurizing and debilitating. The one thing that the spirit cannot do is stay in one place. Like the water upon which this barque of being flows within incarnation and out of it, there is no staying still. Even when one is moored, one tends to go to the ends of the mooring rope, as the influences in the water move that spirit evermore, not resting, not stopping but moving with the gentle patience of eternity.

Let the sun be away when it seems to be night, and let the moon be that witness that says to you that the sun is a reality that shall cycle into the awareness once again, in its time. Allow the roll of the pain that you are experiencing to continue so that the night hours are spent in an engaged and embracing way that enables one to be grateful for the sleeplessness of the dark night of the soul. Know, by the moonlight, that there is a sun that is still reflected into your node of catalyst. And let that reflection, dim though it may be, be that witness for the Light and Love of the infinite Creator and the rightness of the plan of the Creator for you. Then you are able to release the fear of the night, and the fear of the water, and the fear of being at the mercy of an ocean that seems, at least on the surface, to be a dangerous place to be. This instrument would say, “life is hardball.” There are no soft pitches for the school of Love on planet Earth.

The tangles will come. This is why you jumped into Earthly incarnation. You were not unaware of the difficulties of living within an illusion and being cut off from that embedded knowledge of rightness, and goodness, and identity that you have lost in entering the Earth plane. These things are now unprovable, unknowable and only trusted by faith. We speak of a mystery. It is a mystery that necessarily involves both suffering and joy, both the deeps of night, and the brightest noonday. The contrasts are amazing, and as this instrument said earlier, it is a very bright experience within the Earth plane in these days of great Light, both for service to self and for service to others. Entities all about you, and you, yourself, are attempting to deal with a great bounty. That bounty is an opportunity to move profoundly within a short time both in learning and in service, beginning to move from being one who does not use the paddle to one who decides upon a course and indeed starts applying the paddle with great diligence and passion.

As each of you becomes more and more familiar with the way the new structures of being and living feel, each will have many opportunities to get to know the self better, to become more self-supporting, to fall in love with the self, as this instrument would say. May you find the self that you are to be half as beautiful as we find you to be. As you begin to see more and more clearly into yourself, you shall indeed see things in yourself of which you shall not be fond. We ask you not to be discouraged. Each of you has all things within. To expect never to encounter the shadow part of self is to expect far too much from the very dynamic energies of any human existence within illusion. The creation is designed to bring you out of yourself and into empty rooms where there is as yet no structure. Let those times be your friends, for they are part of a greatly beneficial and satisfying process.

Now Q’uo said that when we can see the connections between our feelings and processes there is a treasure to be found, and it is worth the time that it takes us to rest within that pattern to become more skillful in knowing ourself and in seeing those habits and triggers from our past that have appeared in the present mechanism of the way our mind works, hears, and sees, all of which provide us a variety of choices, so Q’uo said they did not want to cause us self-doubt or to invalidate the thoughts that we have and the feelings that we feel because they wanted us to stay with them, to experience them, and to allow their energy to move as it must—neither hurrying it nor resisting it—but embracing it with as much love as we can and thanking it for these opportunities, whether they are challenging or pleasant, as they come up when it is time to deal with them. Then Q’uo said that no matter what it feels like we are never running in circles but are always on an upward spiral so that we cannot stay in the same place, yet in terms of physical things we can choose to stay in one place because these things are possible for our physical body, but our spirit, which is part of the Godhead principle, cannot stay still. Q’uo said that it can move forward in a direction that seems fair, or it can move forward in a direction that seems debilitating, but the one thing that our spirit cannot do is stay in one place since it is like the water upon which this boat of being flows within our incarnation and out of it, and there is no staying still, but it moves with the gentle patience of eternity. Q’uo continued by saying that we should allow the sun to be gone when it is night, and let the moon be that witness that says to us that the sun shall cycle into our awareness in its time, so we should allow the pain that we are experiencing to continue so that the night hours are spent in an engaged way that enables us to be grateful for the sleeplessness of the dark night of the soul, and we can know, by the moonlight, that there is a sun that is still reflected into our connections of catalyst, so we can let that reflection be a witness for the Light and Love of the infinite Creator and the rightness of the plan of the Creator for us so that we are able to release our fear of the night, the fear of the water, and the fear of being at the mercy of an ocean that seems, at least on the surface, to be a dangerous place to be. Q’uo went on to say that the tangles will come since this is why we entered our Earthly incarnation even though we were aware of the difficulties of living within an illusion and being cut off from that inner knowledge of the rightness and identity that we lost in entering the Earth plane. Q’uo said that these things are unknowable and can only be trusted by faith in a mystery that involves both suffering and joy, both the deeps of night, and the brightest noonday, and the contrasts are amazing, and it is a very bright experience within the Earth plane in these days of great Light, both for service to self and for service to others so that entities all about us, and we as well, are attempting to deal with a great bounty that is: “an opportunity to move profoundly within a short time both in learning and in service, beginning to move from being one who does not use the paddle to one who decides upon a course and indeed starts applying the paddle with great diligence and passion.” Now Q’uo said that as each of us becomes more familiar with the way the new structures of being and living feel, we will have many opportunities to get to know ourself better and to fall in love with ourself, and as we begin to see more clearly into ourself, we shall see things which we will not like, so Q’uo asked us not to be discouraged because each of us has all things within us, and never to expect to encounter the shadow part of ourself is to expect too much from the dynamic energies of any human experience within the illusion of third density because the creation is designed to bring us out of ourself and into empty rooms where there is no structure, so we should let those times be our friends, for they are part of a greatly beneficial and satisfying process. On November 10, 2007, Q’uo suggested how we can fall in love with ourself:

What is being refined in the refinery of souls that is Earth? What is the soul within third density? A synonym for “soul” might be “heart.” And we have often suggested to you that you are on a journey into your own open heart. Christ is waiting for you within your own heart. As you allow the surface of self to fall away, you become empty enough to fall in love with yourself. You begin to see that all these details of self, wretched though they may be in some cases, and glorious in others, fall away to nothingness before the self’s desire to seek the presence of the one infinite Creator.

And so the self within incarnation becomes merry and lighthearted, whether in sunshine or in rain; whether in good times or evil. For the self remembers that it is on a journey whose destination is sure. And thusly, through all the changes and chances of mortal life, that seeking soul may be confident and quiet within, full of faith and knowing that all is well. And this, too, is grace.

We would at this time open the meeting to further queries if there are any. Is there a question at this time?

G: Q’uo, if it’s possible could you describe to me what I faced within myself two nights ago during an hour and half bout of tears, and if an experience like that is something that should be sought or should be allowed to happen as it comes on its own?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We may say about your experience that certainly it includes those things of which you are letting go, those shifts within your own definition of yourself that require the loss of structures that were in place and that are no longer appropriate. We may also say that it is extremely positive to move through such times and we see, in the way that you shepherded yourself through this time, that love of self that opens the heart and teaches it how to love others as well. The time of such movement cannot be planned. It is only necessary to set the mind towards service and love and the heart towards living, open, and vulnerable to the catalyst that arises in a moment. The natural rhythms of experience shall bring to you those moments as they are appropriate.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: No, that was excellent. Thank you, Q’uo.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother.

G: I am full of questions! Q’uo, if an entity’s power is not “over” another, or even over oneself, then what is truly the power of a positively polarizing entity?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The power of a service-to-others entity is that power to love without reservation. The way of love is simple in the extreme in its effect. However, as the one known as S noted, in the energy system of a physically incarnate entity, there are many ways to become hindered or blocked, in which one becomes the one who cuts off the power for oneself. There are many ways to choose to diminish the forces of love within the self. It is a challenge indeed to find those ways in which love has been too tightly held or too dearly given, given as a miser or a pinch-penny, or given without thought when thought might create a better gift.

The province of power is the province of essence. The basic source of power is that knowledge of self that enables one to stand on one firm place and say, “This is who I am.” Once that becomes a joyful and amalgamated, integrated sense, there is within the self a metaphysical center to which an entity may return by taking thought. What is the use or the goal of power? For service-to-others entities it is the power to help others. For a service-to-self entity it is the power to manipulate the environment for the benefit of the self. In both cases there is an environment to be manipulated. For the positive entity, that which is to be manipulated is not physical but rather is the stuff of consciousness itself. Therefore, an entity seeking power in the service-to-others polarity shall be seeking to know in order to serve and to create changes in consciousness rather than changes in status or other aspects of a physical environment.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: Before I ask again, I’d like to open the questions to anybody else that may have one.

[Pause]

Okay, Q’uo, assuming that the work of power is the work of higher energy centers, I know that green ray is the great resource of all spiritual work, and that the blue and indigo-ray activities await only the will of the seeker once green ray has been activated. My question is, the moment that love is felt, can an entity “move up,” so to speak, and immediately do blue and/or indigo-ray work in that moment, if only for what I would call a short period of time? Or does the state of the open heart need to be reliable and consistent for work to proceed into the higher rays?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The ability to do work in consciousness is momentary, and there can be times of brilliance and clarity for any soul who is able even momentarily to enter the heart. It is to be noted, however, that the more work that is done in the first three energy centers, and that on a daily basis, the more opportunity that a soul may have to rest within the open heart. The stumbling blocks to living open-heartedly are only partially “out there,” only partially the effect of catalyst that is incoming to the consciousness of the seeker. Again, the places where energy is held in the energy body often have to do with the past and those things that are, to all intents and purposes, dead. Yet, somehow, the function of memory has enabled them to have a spurious and untrue life within an entity, which has for the most part moved from those stumbling-block areas of misperception concerning the self.

When the evening of the day comes we have recommended before through this instrument that it is well to examine, as one may, the points which hooked one during the previous day’s experience, either for happiness or for woe. Gaze into the way the mind works when it is triggered. Find those triggers. Name them. Get to know them. Begin accepting yourself for having them. Begin attempting to create for the self a safe place where these things can be looked at…

[Side one of tape ends.]

…for however long they need to stay. In reality, much of getting to know the self is not pushing the self around as much as it is gently sitting around the campfire with all of these different parts of self and allowing each to tell its story. For there is good in many different points of view within, all of which may come together in ways that are not helpful. Yet each item within the mix is helpful to consider, helpful to gaze at, perhaps over time. It is a subtle thing to become more familiar with the self without judging the self, and this is the goal of one who is attempting to free up those stuck places within. Once one is relatively balanced within the energy body from red, orange, and yellow then the heart is able to get full energy and that full blast of unconditional Love that the Creator puts out in infinite quantity and quality at all times. Energy is finally able to move through into the heart in a powerful way.

Many who attempt to do work in consciousness are working on that green ray, working to get the heart to open, without taking the tedious and often unrewarding time to enter into the self in an ever-deeper way, making the connections that explain patterns that are long-standing and gradually finding ways to remove the triggers that are hidden within everyday experiences and processes.

G asked: “My question is, the moment that love is felt, can an entity “move up,” so to speak, and immediately do blue and/or indigo-ray work in that moment, if only for what I would call a short period of time? Or does the state of the open heart need to be reliable and consistent for work to proceed into the higher rays?” Q’uo began their reply by saying that our ability to do work in consciousness is momentary, and there can be times of clarity for us if we are able to enter our heart even briefly, but the more work that we can do in the first three energy centers the more opportunity that we may have to rest within our open heart because the stumbling blocks to living open-heartedly are only partially the effect of catalyst that is incoming to our consciousness since the places where energy is held in our energy body often have to do with the past and are dead, but the function of our memory has enabled them to have an untrue life within us which has moved from those stumbling-block areas of misperception concerning ourself. Then Q’uo recommended it is well for us to examine the catalyst which we experienced during the day that was happy or sad, and the look at the way our mind works when it is triggered in order to find those triggers, and accept ourself for having them …[Side one of tape ends.]…for however long they need to stay so that we can get to know ourself by gently sitting with these different parts of ourself and allowing each to tell its story. Q’uo continued by saying that there is good in many different points of view within us, all of which may come together in ways that are not helpful, but each point of view is helpful to consider because it is a subtle thing to become more familiar with ourself without judging ourself, and this is our goal as we  attempt to free up those stuck places within us, and once we are relatively balanced within the energy body from red, orange, and yellow then our heart is: “able to get full energy and that full blast of unconditional Love that the Creator puts out in infinite quantity and quality at all times. Energy is finally able to move through into the heart in a powerful way.” Q’uo completed their answer by saying many of us who attempt to do work in consciousness are working to get our heart to open without taking the time to enter into ourself in an ever-deeper way to make the connections that explain our life long pattens and finding ways to remove the triggers that are hidden within our everyday experiences. On July 5, 1992, Q’uo described the nature of how we can accomplish work in consciousness:

The means of clearing the centers or chakras of energy by the use of the polarization of the mind is that process whereby you take that desire and move through each chakra in turn, utilizing this desire to find those distortions or imperfections of manifestation within each center of energy, and seek for that moment to visualize or imagine the balanced expression of energy that is appropriate for you at that time in that center, assigning to each center those properties that are appropriate for each center, beginning as we said, with the first, or red-ray center, and looking at this center as that which is the love of life, the expression of the desire to be, to move, to breathe, to do.

Moving to that center of interpersonal relationship next, that of the orange-ray, where you put yourself in balanced relationship with one other being at a time, so that there is the one-to-one exchange of energies.

Moving therefrom to the yellow-ray center where you are in relationship with many others, with groups of beings with whom you share interest, energy and activity.

Moving from this center to that of the heart, the green ray where your love of others extends beyond any group that you may have association with to all entities simply because they exist.

Moving from this center to that of the throat and the blue ray of communication, where the love that you feel for all creation is expressed in a means of communication that is freely given, and which speaks in inspirational tones to those about you as a result of your feeling of the love of the green-ray center.

The indigo-ray center being that of the brow, where there is the work in consciousness that each seeker achieves when it begins to use the force of its will and faith to move its attitudes and perceptions into alignment with the ideals that are its guiding star.

Therefrom moving to the violet-ray center where the totality of the being is expressed as a measure, a mark, or a register of the entity. By utilizing this desire to serve others in balancing and harmonizing each center of energy, you have cleared this path for the flow of the Love and Light, or the prana of the one Creator to move cleanly through your centers of energy, in order that you may be a smoothly functioning reflector and creator of the Love and Light of the one Creator.

We find that this instrument’s energy begins to wane and so we will leave this group at this time, thanking this instrument for its service and thanking each within the circle for the crystalline beauty of their beings. Your colors and energy are beautiful to us in ways we cannot ever express and our love for you is great. We thank you for your love of seeking the truth. As you seek, every door shall open.

We leave this instrument and this group in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai, my friends, adonai.

This morning Anna and I synchronized our computers and listened to Carla channel Ra in Session #68 where the entire session was devoted to Carla’s nearly leaving her body during a public channeling meditation where she was channeling those of Latwii and was asked a question that she didn’t know the answer to and wished that she was channeling Ra. Our negative fifth-density entity was hoping to be able to take her into negative time/space, stop the Ra contact, and gain Carla’s light for its own use. Fortunately, Latwii was able to keep this from happening by continuing to channel through Carla.

This afternoon I went outside and got the garden hose out of the basement and attached the sprayer so that I could clean the filters for the fountain on the fishpond as the weather is going to get very cold for the next week or two, and I want to be sure the filters can keep the fountain running as high as possible without going out of the pond while much of the water is frozen.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

February 16

Be Of Good Cheer

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of divine Love.

This day is a gift that is full of life. Your senses would have you believe that there is much that is not alive or responsive to the radiance of Love. On the contrary, mindfulness of the radiant Love of the Father is as relevant and important to the soul’s health in the picking up of a speck of dust as it is in the preparation of the finest treatise or most charitable action.

All things live in the consciousness of Love and all things respond to your radiance, which can only come through you as you are mindful of the infinite Father.

Thus, be of good cheer, not compartmentalizing the day or hurrying through a chore which seems less important than another. For all is equally important to the conscious seeker of Love.

In that love and peace we leave you, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo channeling comes from September 21, 2003:

Our question today has to do with mated relationships. We would like Q’uo to give us some information that might give us a better idea as to the potential of a mated relationship. What difficulties might one expect in entering into a mated relationship? What kind of attitude is most helpful in dealing with the difficulties? Please add anything else that might be of use or interest concerning mated relationships.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo, and we greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator in Whose service we are. We thank you for the great privilege of being called to your circle of seeking this day, and we find the beautiful experience of joining your meditation to be a real pleasure. Blessings to each of you and many, many thanks for clearing the time in your schedule to spend time seeking for the truth. Truly those who seek with an open and loving heart shall be answered. Those who knock with empty hands shall find the door opening. We ask but one thing before we share our opinions with you, and that is that you do realize that our thoughts are simply that, opinions. They are fairly settled, and we are glad to share them, but we have found that truth is a various thing, a thing that is part of a personal and intimate network of true things for each entity. And we ask each entity to respect their own universe, their own creation, and to be guardians of what goes into that creation and becomes a part of the network and the fabric of living. Examine each thought and, if it pleases you, work with it. This is why we come to you, so that we may share these thoughts. But if they do not please you, we humbly ask you to leave them behind without a second thought, for we would not be a stumbling block to any. With this said, we are most happy to speak upon the most large subject of the mated relationship and its possibilities and challenges.

We found the conversation preceding this time of working most interesting and were pleased to hear the one known as R say that when she was seven years old, she decided that she loved herself and wanted herself and was there for herself, and that this was the foundation of her ability to love and to be loved in the rest of her incarnational experience. May we agree with the one known as R that this indeed is the foundation for all relationships. This instrument has often spoken of the first challenge of spiritual seeking as being that of falling in love with the self. Not because the self has become perfect. Not because the self has many virtues. Not because of anything except the fact of being. Each entity is a being of a certain kind. That certain kind happens to be a very specialized way of structuring a being. It is multi-leveled. There is a portion of the being that you are that comes from eternity and that dwells in infinity so that there is no limitation to the circle of self. It is infinite and eternal. Out of that being has come a spark of that soul stream that is you. And you have found a habitation within a temple of flesh and bone. And again, as the one known as R has said, it is as a vehicle that is able to motivate, to move you physically through the many levels of physical, emotional, mental, and spiritual catalyst that you have received and that you will continue to receive during your incarnational experience.

This self is at once the most simple of things and a complicated thing. In its simplicity, the self of all beings is that of a spark of the creative or Godhead principle so that each of you is a perfect, unique expression of the Creator, as if the Creator was colored with your particular way of loving, expressing, and being. Each is as this note, or to be more precise, chord. As the vibrations of your being, which have their own element or range, find their ways to harmonize the various energies of the various chakras the infinite Love and Light of the one Creator moves through those chakras that are colored with your special blockages and over-energizings, and other distortions from a totally balanced energy center. There is nothing neutral about each of you. And this is a wonderful thing. The vividness of those chords of being that each of you is, is a beautiful, breathtaking thing.

Eachof you is that entity that is vibrating as a melody, or as the scent of a flower. This is your gift, this very simple, very momentary expression of the essence of self. This is your gift in each moment, and in each moment, there is a new self, a new registering of coloration of being. It is not that all of the notes change, for indeed in many ways, that with which you move into incarnation is that which you take from incarnation. The bones, shall we say, are the same, coming in and going out. The changes that have been made, that can only be made in third density, the density of experience you now enjoy, are in the way the energies are balanced within each chakra and from chakra to chakra, so that these bones are fleshed out with different garments every day. Some of the changes are very slight, other changes, that you may feel are very slight, go deeper, and have a more profound energy to them that makes a bigger change than you are aware on what this instrument would call the soul level.

Sothis is the simple being that you are. You are a vibration of the Logos. You are a sub-sub-Logos, a part of the creative principle. And each of you is that which includes all other beings, not simply upon your planet but within the entire creation of the infinite One. To narrow the focus a bit is to discover, in great profusion, the complexities of these connections between that which lives, and dies and that which is just visiting the experience of living and dying while it is picking up the lessons that were prepared for this time of incarnation, and attempting to use this particular vibration that you experience for finding the self, finding ways to love, finding the grace to allow the self to be loved. In the explication and exploration of these large subjects come many, many lessons, one after another after another.

In the school of life, as this instrument would call it, there are many tests. Some of these tests are never perceived by the student. Other of the tests are perceived all too well, and become great causes of concern, thereby snarling and sometimes baffling the energies that otherwise would be free to work. It is, as the one known as V would say, a puzzle to be solved, in many cases. The experience of a tangle or a difficulty, as this instrument was speaking of earlier, is an opportunity to gaze upon the self in the mirror of perceived experience and perceived difficulty, looking at the nature of the experience, the nature of the perceived blockage, or over-activation within self, or within other self, and the finding of the way through the maze that does not partake of judgment, that does not partake of the consciousness of sin or error, and yet that stays persistently and accurately upon the focus of self so that the maze is followed not from either emotion or intellect but rather from the heart.

Our question today has to do with mated relationships. We would like Q’uo to give us some information that might give us a better idea as to the potential of a mated relationship. What difficulties might one expect in entering into a mated relationship? What kind of attitude is most helpful in dealing with the difficulties? Please add anything else that might be of use or interest concerning mated relationships. Q’uo began their response by saying that R’s experiences as a child were that she was able to love herself; that she wanted herself; and that this had become the foundation of her ability to love and be loved for the rest of her life and was the foundation for all relationships, and that Carla has often spoken of being able to fall in love with herself was the first challenge in becoming a spiritual seeker because each of us is a being of a certain kind where a portion of our being dwells in infinity, and then there is that part of us that is a spark of that soul stream that has taken a home within our bodies that is our earthly identity which is able to help us move physically through many levels of physical, emotional, mental, and spiritual catalyst. Q’uo went on to say that our self is both the most simple of things and a complicated thing, and in our simplicity we are a spark of the Godhead principle so that each of us is a unique expression of the Creator in our way of loving, expressing, and being, and each of us is a chord, and as the vibrations of our being find our unique ways to harmonize the energies of the various chakras, the infinite Love and Light of the one Creator moves through those chakras that are colored with our unique distortions from a totally balanced energy, so there is nothing neutral about any of us which is a wonderful thing because the vividness of those chords of being that each of us is, is a beautiful, breathtaking thing. Q’uo continued by saying that each of us is that entity that is vibrating as a melody, and this is our gift, this very simple expression of the essence of ourself in each moment, and in each moment we are a new registering of coloration of our being, and not all of our notes change, for in many ways that which we bring into our incarnation is that which we take from our incarnation so that the changes that we have made can only be made in the third density of experience we now enjoy and exist: “in the way the energies are balanced within each chakra and from chakra to chakra, so that these bones are fleshed out with different garments every day. Some of the changes are very slight, other changes, that you may feel are very slight, go deeper, and have a more profound energy to them that makes a bigger change than you are aware on what this instrument would call the soul level.” Then Q’uo said that we are a vibration of the Logos, a sub-sub-Logos that is a part of the creative principle, and each of us is that which includes all other beings within the entire creation of the infinite One, and as our focus is narrowed a bit we can discover the complexities of these many connections between that which lives and dies in us, and that which is just visiting the experience of living and dying while we are picking up the lessons that we prepared for this time of incarnation, and we are attempting to use this particular vibration that we experience for finding ourself and finding ways to love and to be loved, and in the exploration of these large subjects come many lessons, one after another. Now Q’uo said that in the school of life there are many tests, and we never perceive some of these tests, but we perceive other of the tests so well that they become great causes of concern that baffle our energies which otherwise would be free to work so that it is a puzzle to be solved, and this experience of a difficulty is an opportunity for us to gaze upon ourself in the mirror of perceived difficulty, looking at the nature of the perceived blockage or overactivation within ourself, or within an other self, and then finding a way through the maze that does not partake of judgment or the consciousness of sin or error, and yet stays accurately upon the focus of ourself so that the maze is followed, not from either emotion or intellect, but rather from our heart. On October 22, 1995, Q’uo spoke of how in third density we learn how to love and be loved:

The awareness of self and the inward-turning gaze are the hallmarks of third density. As each density has its lessons, so the lesson of third density is that lesson of finding ways to love and to be loved, not only in relationships of one person to another but also in relationship of groups of people to other groups. Yours is a density that begins with primitive, small and scattered communities and by the end of the cycle becomes an environment of great, clearly defined, and very conscious groups of entities.

The heart itself has a working knowledge of these complexities that create the mazes of a puzzle to be solved. And there is no maze created that does not have a solution. Within these boundaries of self lie not only complexities but complexities of various levels of profundity within the essential self so that there is much skill, when dealing with the self up close, in being able to slip from level to level and being able to work the maze, from level to level, so that there is a feeling of movement through time, movement through the spaces of self, movement not linear in nature but rather that movement which may seem to be very tedious and turning back upon itself and winding tortuously. Yet, in terms of the maze of self, such wanderings within the self are skillful, and useful, and very productive. Therefore, the first work, when gazing upon the mated relationship, is the work of coming into a fuller and fuller awareness of the self, of falling in love with the self, of becoming able to see the self without pride or humility but rather as that which is, that which has met the day, that which will express in honesty and sincerity for that day. When the self can meet the self and smile and go, within the mind, “Oh good, I get to spend time with me today,” then the self is ready to spend time with an other self.

The one known as G has not asked about relationship in a vacuum but rather within a situation in which the heart is leaping like a stag, happy and joyful in the rushing energies of honest and deeply felt, unconditional love. Therefore, as we speak, we are not dealing with the ins and outs of making the commitment for the mated relationship. We are responding to this query assuming that the relationship is positive, mutually felt to be positive and inclusive of a third entity, that entity being the one infinite Creator. Mated relationships are a triad. They are not two partners against the world. Rather they are a temple that has been enlarged so that two entities’ lives may be dedicated to that which is larger than themselves, larger than their worldly hopes, constituting that ark which contains those things that one couple wishes to save from the flood of the everyday. Into this ark of mating each may pour their ideals, their hopes, their dreams, their desires, their intentions, and every precious truth and spark of beauty that they have found, and loved, and made their own. Two entities offering these gifts to each other and to the Creator create a temple with a dome of light that, as that mated couple works through time and through circumstances which try every nerve and every part of the self, becomes stronger and stronger.

This instrument’s memory of self becomes that which is the memory of two selves, as one. And this plinth of shared memory is a substantial platform upon which to build the journey of seeking. This instrument has often said, the mated relationship is the fast track to spiritual evolution. And why is that? If you can think back to the last time that you were alone and had to deal with a situation without help, you can remember those feelings of isolation, even though one is never isolated from the Creator of all things. Nor is one isolated from a guidance system that is strong to help. Yet when one is alone there is a sense of the light failing, and the atmosphere becomes close and stuffy because there is simply no air, no mirror, no light. There is not that life that another entity brings into the dealings of self with self. In the interior of self without an entity to serve as an accurate mirror, the mirrors within the self may be very distorted and may not show the truth. There may be too much interference from previous assumption that has not been let go when those assumptions were no longer accurate.

Think back to the last time that you dealt with a situation with a friend, with a mate, with a partner, and that partner, that mate became a mirror or a teacher to you, and you had the gift of sight, the sight that is not insight, for it comes by projection and reflection. Yet that sight, perhaps called “outsight,” is as the insight that has been the gift of that entity in the mated relationship whose catalyst it is not and who simply is able to gaze into your eyes, see you in the situation and reflect back that which she sees. The blessing of this shared vision becomes the greater the less clear one’s own vision is. So mated relationships, and indeed close partnerships of all kinds, if based within spiritual parameters, have a wonderful, flexible ability to have two seemingly imperfect and confused people become to each other the knight in shining armor and the lady in shining armor, those who are wiser than they know because love has entered into them, and that guidance system that is not working for the other self is able to work through the love within the heart of that entity for the other in ways of creating the opportunity to find a novel and creative way to witness to the truth and the love that is seen in the other self.

The makeup of the human heart is such that as the one known a R has said, when there is the ability to share with another self, that which is burden to one, by that very sharing, by that very hearing, by that exchange of energy, the sharpness of the pain of living is lightened, and the suffering that one perceives one to be undergoing is cut in half. All things that can be spoken of can be healed. The great gift of a mated relationship is that all things can be spoken of and may be spoken of. There is permission given from one open heart to live fully as one. Were only two to become one, this is indeed a great thing. Yet, the added gift of the mated relationship is that there is normally some sort of ceremony within which the Creator is invited to join the union and to give life to the union that if so dearly wished it may be seen simply as a blessing by those who attend the religious service and gaze upon such ritual as a social exercise of indeed a business proposition in which a contract is made with no small print and a long term. The value, however, within the spiritual or metaphysical universe, that universe that does partake of infinity  and eternity, is that metaphysical values are specifically brought into the relationship to enhance the pairing so that it becomes a much stronger three-legged entity that can stand on its own and be that house in which two entities may live, the walls of which are made of hopes, and dreams, and love, but the floor of which is made of real effort, substantial work, and deep sacrifices between each to each.

Then Q’uo said our heart has a working knowledge of these complexities that create the nature of the puzzle that we need to solve, and there is no puzzle that does not have a solution so that within these boundaries of ourself lie complexities of various levels of profundity within our basic self so that there is much skill in our being able to slip from level to level and to be able to work the puzzle from level to level so that there is a feeling of movement through time and through the spaces of ourself which is not linear but which may seem to be very tedious and turning back upon itself, but such wanderings within ourself are skillful and very productive so that the first work, when gazing upon the mated relationship, is the work of of falling in love with ourself and of becoming able to see ourself without pride or humility but rather as that which has met the day, that which will express in honesty and sincerity for that day, and when we can meet ourself and smile and say within our mind: “Oh good, I get to spend time with me today,” then we are ready to spend time with an other self. Q’uo went on to say the question about relationships focuses within the situation in which our heart is leaping like a deer, happy and joyful in the energies of deeply felt unconditional love so that we are not dealing with the ins and outs of making the commitment for the mated relationship, but we are responding to this query assuming that the relationship is mutually felt to be positive and inclusive of a third entity which is the one infinite Creator because mated relationships are a triad: “a temple that has been enlarged so that two entities’ lives may be dedicated to that which is larger than themselves, larger than their worldly hopes, constituting that ark which contains those things that one couple wishes to save from the flood of the everyday. Into this ark of mating each may pour their ideals, their hopes, their dreams, their desires, their intentions, and every precious truth and spark of beauty that they have found, and loved, and made their own.” so that two entities offering these gifts to each other and to the Creator creates a temple with a dome of light that, as the mated couple works through time and through circumstances, tries every nerve of the self, becomes stronger and stronger. Q’uo continued by saying that every time there is a difficulty in a relationship, and the energies are allowed to move between the couple, and the Creator is included in all discussions, no matter how difficult the catalyst or how long the resolution takes, the dome of light is being strengthened because the journey is being made from heart to heart and always with the realization that the Creator and the Creator’s Love is a huge part of the relationship, and Carla had memories of when she and Jim had come together in tears, or in joy, or in difficulty, and offered each other honesty that was painful, or wonderful, or puzzled again and again and found the light in each other that had failed for the self because of the good mirror of information that was needed by both of them. Now Q’uo said that Carla’s memory of herself becomes the memory of two selves working as one, and this foundation of shared memory is the platform upon which to build the journey of seeking so that Carla has often said the mated relationship is the fast track to spiritual evolution because if we can think back to the last time that we were alone and had to deal with a situation without help, we can remember feeling like we were isolated–though we are never isolated from the Creator–nor are we from our guidance system that is always available to help us, but when we are alone there is a sense of the light failing, and: “In the interior of self without an entity to serve as an accurate mirror, the mirrors within the self may be very distorted and may not show the truth. There may be too much interference from previous assumption that has not been let go when those assumptions were no longer accurate.” Q’uo suggested that we think back to the last time that we had to deal with a situation with a friend or a mate, and that mate became a mirror to us, and we had the gift of sight that is not insight, for it comes by projection and reflection, yet that sight, perhaps called “outsight,” is as the insight that has been the gift of that entity in the mated relationship whose catalyst it is not, and who is simply able to gaze into our eyes, to see us in the situation and reflect back that which is seen, so the blessing of this shared vision becomes greater the less clear our own vision is, so mated relationships, and close partnerships of all kinds, if based upon spiritual parameters, have an ability to have two imperfect people become to each other the knight in shining armor and the lady in shining armor: “those who are wiser than they know because love has entered into them, and that guidance system that is not working for the other self is able to work through the love within the heart of that entity for the other in ways of creating the opportunity to find a novel and creative way to witness to the truth and the love that is seen in the other self.” On August 29, 2001, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the mated relationship:

The mated relationship is a specific kind of service, an experience of mutual desire for seeking the one Creator, for serving the one Creator, and for sharing the life pattern out of which seeking and service are born. Thusly, you may consider the words which we have spoken concerning the occupation and its service as being applicable to the mated relationship as well. There is the need to love and to be loved which is as normal and natural a function of the human being as is the sleeping, the eating, the breathing, and the moving about within your illusion.

The experience of being of service with the mate is one which has a great deal of joy and direction in that each in the mated relationship feels a kind of wholeness which is not present outside the mated relationship when one is alone. Although it is quite possible for each entity to be of great service and to seek with great purity in a solitary fashion, the yoke of such honor/duty/experience is more easily borne when shared.

In opening oneself to such a relationship there is the need to become truly open, to prepare the self for change and to be willing to accept the changing currents and depths of the river of life. For once there is an expectation to which one holds strictly or dearly, then that expectation can become an obstacle to this opening of the self to that which the potential mated relationship brings to the self.

Thusly, it is well, when considering the possibilities of the mated relationship, to truly examine the heart’s desires. For when allowed to express truly, these desires may move far past the boundaries of mental contemplation. Thusly, the romantic involvement within your illusion has oftentimes been seen to originate in the stars, shall we say, so that forces outside of the self are given the opportunity to move the self as the wind and the weather move a sailboat upon your sea.

The makeup of the human heart is such that as the one known as R has said, when there is the ability to share with another self, that which is a burden to one, by that very sharing, by that very hearing, by that exchange of energy, the sharpness of the pain of living is lightened, and the suffering that one perceives one to be undergoing is cut in half. All things that can be spoken of can be healed. The great gift of a mated relationship is that all things can be spoken of and may be spoken of. There is permission given from one open heart to live fully as one. Were only two to become one, this is indeed a great thing. Yet, the added gift of the mated relationship is that there is normally some sort of ceremony within which the Creator is invited to join the union and to give life to the union that is so dearly wished. It may be seen simply as a blessing by those who attend the religious service and gaze upon such ritual as a social exercise or indeed a business proposition in which a contract is made with no small print and a long term. The value, however, within the spiritual or metaphysical universe, that universe that does partake of infinity and eternity, is that metaphysical values are specifically brought into the relationship to enhance the pairing so that it becomes a much stronger three-legged entity that can stand on its own and be that house in which two entities may live, the walls of which are made of hopes, and dreams, and love, but the floor of which is made of real effort, substantial work, and deep sacrifices between each to each.

And we would speak of sacrifice, for there is within the human experience that which can be perceived in many cases as sacrifice, which ensues from the commitment to a relationship. The essence of love in the sense of the Love of the infinite Creator is open-hearted giving and open-hearted receiving of energy which passes freely between two people. Within this atmosphere then, two people turn and face living a life together. And as the everyday life moves on from the committed relationship’s start, those energies that have been working through each to create and direct the path of seeking for each become those energies that intertwine in new and original ways because of the proximity of the two and because of the continuing accretion of shared memory and shared catalyst.

There is that figure in the archetypal mind which has the entities upon the wheel of life and as the wheel of life is turning, the entities are turned upside down, and all the money in their pockets is falling out and falling upon the fruitful earth. And indeed, in marriage, the wheel turns and sometimes one is receiving the gifts of others, and sometimes is losing the coins out of one’s pockets, perhaps on purpose, perhaps not. Yet, it may be perceived when one is at the top of the wheel, upside down and serving by giving, that one is being badly used, that one is sacrificing and not simply able, because of that position on the wheel, to offer a certain kind of love and support to the whole. It is well to be able to gaze steadily at the possibility, going into mated relationship, that there will be times of substantial, apparent sacrifice for, as this instrument has said many times, if two people feel that they are sacrificing almost a hundred percent for the relationship, with the other entity doing almost nothing, then it is possible that they are each doing their share. It is very difficult from close up to see the self and its efforts in balance with the efforts of the other self. It is sometimes hard to see the efforts of an other self and easy to see the efforts of self, and again there are times when the self is already seen as failing in a certain situation, and therefore the self is seen as not giving enough and the other self is seen as being overbalanced towards the giving.

We do not know, and could not say if we did, what the catalysts shall be for any mated pair as they begin to ride this ark of hopes and dreams along that endless ocean of perceived experience within incarnation. It is only possible for those upon the ark that they have made by their mutual love, to shine the wood of it, to polish the brass, to clean the head, to trim the sail, to keep the keel even and steady, and to gaze at the stars with sextant in hand, remembering your hopes and dreams and renewing, daily, that pride in being that makes the chores of living as one joyful. We encourage, in the dailiness of a mated relationship, the continual return to the place of marriage where two souls united with the Creator to create the temple of a lifetime of dedicated and committed loving. Move into the silence of that tabernacle which is within the heart. Move into that shared silence in which each may hear the Creator speak. Let Love be that which it is, but allow a Love which you know not to undergird and support that which you know now as Love. For Love has infinite lessons to offer and the more one is able to open the heart to the infinite consciousness that is Love, the more one is able to open even further and even further. So that, as this instrument would say, one comes into one’s bliss, and more and more is at rest and at peace within.

Now Q’uo said that the makeup of our heart is such when we have the ability to share with another self, that which is a burden to one of us, by that sharing and that exchange of energy, the suffering that we are undergoing is cut in half so that the great gift of a mated relationship is that we can speak of anything that we wish to which gives us permission from our open heart to live fully as one with another, and another gift of the mated relationship is that there is a ceremony where the Creator is invited to join the union and to give life to the union so that the value of the ceremony within the spiritual universe is that metaphysical values are brought into the relationship to enhance the mated relationship: “so that it becomes a much stronger three-legged entity that can stand on its own and be that house in which two entities may live, the walls of which are made of hopes, and dreams, and love, but the floor of which is made of real effort, substantial work, and deep sacrifices between each to each.” Q’uo went on to say that there is within the human experience that which can be perceived as sacrifice which comes from our commitment to the relationship and to the essence of love in the sense of the Love of the infinite Creator that is our open-hearted giving and receiving of energy which passes freely between our mate and us so that within this atmosphere two people turn and face living a life together, and as our life moves on from our committed relationship’s start, those energies that have been working through each of us to create our path of seeking become energies that intertwine in new ways because of our closeness with our mate and because of the increase of shared memory and shared catalyst. Q’uo continued by saying that there is the figure in the archetypal mind which has the entities upon the wheel of life, and as the wheel of life is turning, the entities are turned upside down, and all the money in their pockets is falling upon the fruitful earth, and in marriage the wheel turns, and sometimes we are receiving gifts of others, and sometimes we are losing the coins out of our pockets, but it may be seen when we are at the top of the wheel that we are being badly used, that we are not able to offer love and support to our relationship, so it is well for us realize that in our mated relationship there will be times when we feel that we are sacrificing everything for our relationship with our mate doing nothing, so then it is possible that we are each doing our share so that it is difficult from close up to see our efforts in balance with the efforts of our mate, and again there are times when we are seen as failing in a certain situation, and we are seen as not giving enough, and our mate is seen as being overbalanced towards the giving. Q’uo said that they did not know what the catalysts shall be for us as we begin to ride this ship of hopes and dreams in the ocean our experience within our lives together, and it is only possible for us to sail in the boat that we have built by our mutual love and to keep it functioning well and to remember our hopes and dreams and to exercise our pride in being able to make the chores of living a joyful experience. Q’uo completed their reply by encouraging us to return daily to the place of marriage where we unite with the Creator to create the temple of a lifetime of dedicated and committed loving and to move into the shared silence of the tabernacle which is within our heart where each of us may hear the Creator speak, and let Love be that which it is, and allow a Love which we do not know to support that which we know now as Love, for Love has infinite lessons to offer, and the more we are able to open our heart to the infinite consciousness that is Love, the more we are able to open even further, so we come into our bliss, and we are at rest and at peace within. On December 29, 1997, Q’uo described what it can mean for us to be at peace within:

That sun within that warms the soul waits for each to come to its own heart and knock and enter. The joy of opening the heart cannot be described. The experience of flying free of judgment, borne on the arms of compassion, is a heavy one. And this is the response that best addresses the difficulties of your planet. To the outer person, this sounds patently absurd. How can meditation, or prayer, or the centering within the self upon love affect a deadening ocean, a deadening land, a deadening atmosphere, and all the numerous other difficulties your culture is aware of? And yet, it is at being at peace within, and thusly being free to open the heart and allow the Love and Light of the infinite One to move through the self and out into the world: this is, by far, the most effective answer that you can give to the world of concerns everyday. For each of you is as a star. Each eternal, each unique, and each [inaudible] truly perfect. Incarnation and learning are peculiar things. It does seem peculiar to want to come into a darkened world, and spiritually speaking, there is some darkness upon your planet at this time, which you were speaking of earlier.

We thank the one known as G for this query, and at this time we would open the meeting to any other queries that any might have the desire to ask at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

J: Hi Q’uo, this is J, and I wanted to say hello. I wanted to ask a question about something I read in an interesting article today that stated that there might be beings that aren’t necessarily someone that we know that has a post set up north of Russia and it said these beings protect the Earth from asteroids, maybe from other interferences, and I was just wondering if you could confirm that or speak of it anyway?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. We find that this energy is both true and untrue in terms of that which you have read, and to explicate, we would say that there are many energies within the inner planes which are detailed to work with perceived difficulties that might impinge upon those dwelling within third-density Earth at this time. These energies are not physical and cannot be found in dwelling places and so forth. Yet they are real, they are simply not those within third-density or physical bodies. This entity would call them angelic but this does beg the question of their nature, for we find no real word that lacks emotional energy for beings without bodies, shall we say. These energies, however, are positive, loving and very articulated.

May we answer you further, my sister?

J: No thank you, that’s good for now, thank you.

Q’uo: We thank you, my sister. Is there another query at this time?

G: Q’uo, beyond entering or moving through an initiation through the Great Pyramid, is there anything that an entity can do to become an initiated and purified channel of the Law of One that is as substantial and definitive and transformative? Can an intense desire affect the same type of change?

We are those of Q’uo and aware of your query, my brother. We cannot give you a general answer for entities besides yourself. We can say that there is for each self the possibility of creating and sustaining a successful effort towards realization. However, entities are variously blocked with regard to subtler work. There are densities and sub-densities within the inner planes where the structures of realization are promulgated and crafted by guidance systems that wish to aid and serve you in your evolution which must come into play when entities are within a certain frame of mind and when they have experienced a certain preliminary set of necessary…

[Side one of tape ends.]

These experiences may not come at the time that they are useful but like treasures, they are stored away against the proper moment and then, in that moment, entirely unpredictably for the most part, the frame of mind and the moment and those things which have needed to be ingested beforehand, in terms of experience, all come together and an epiphany results. We cannot say that there is one ritual which, when done with integrity and impeccability, will yield the result that you wish. We can only say that energies build to a moment and, in that moment, there is a crystallization of previous experience, and realization that occurs. It is a great gift and a great blessing. And in your case we may say that there are no adhering limitations or blockages which would keep the soul stream that lies beneath your personality shell from coming to that moment with those things which are necessary for realization. We simply suggest that the energy of faith be remembered and centered upon when there is doubt that one is able to become a purified instrument. Each is able to purify the self. That indeed is the very nature of the refinery that is the school of Earth.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: No, thank you Q’uo.

R: May I ask, I seem to be many people in one physical body and there are times that I feel that I am a fraud, and I have wondered how this can be because I have thoughts and often desires that seem foreign. I wondered if there is an explanation?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. Indeed, the explanation is fairly simple, my sister. When an entity is honest, and has insight, and has moved through many experiences, it is natural to feel that one has become wiser, and wiser, and wiser. However, it is also true that in spite of or around any integrated, conscious, daylight personality there lies that which, culturally speaking, is simply not accepted or admitted among your peoples, and that is the full 360-degree self which contains every shadow, every evil, every darkness that can be imagined by the mind, the heart, or the soul of human beings. All of those things that have ever been imagined, good or bad, according to various people’s lives, are part of that which is R and equally that which is Carla, or Jim, or J. There is no lack of evil, so-called, within the heart of any, for all were greatly accepting of and wanting this precise 3-D self that has all of the light and all of the dark. As experiences continue to flow in, there are moments when the integration falters and thoughts are separated out into the shadow side and the positive side. Neither side is a fraud. Both sides are real. The action of the self towards other self expresses that which is the perceived truth of the self. Many, many shadow, dark, evil parts of the self, then, stay within the self, are processed only by the self, there being no need to have the outer mirror of other self in order to be able to see one’s shadow self. The challenge then becomes internal. When the self is perceived as self-inconsistent, then whatever is perceived as the “bad self” is to be taken into the arms of that self which you experience as yourself so that you can rock that unloved portion of self in the arms of true compassion; so that you can say, “I fell in love with you a long time ago.”

Then there is the joy of telling that shadow the story that will charm it and will allow it to find its freedom within the interior portions of self where it can begin to be transformed into that power and grit of self, that, purified of the baser darkness, uses the power of darkness to assist the will of the daylight self.

May we answer you further, my sister?

R: Thank you.

Q’uo: Is there a further query at this time?

T: Q’uo, if it’s possible and appropriate, would you be able to touch me with your energies so that I could feel you?

[Pause]

We are those of Q’uo, and we have touched you.

T: Thank you.

Is there a final query at this time?

V: A couple of years ago I asked about the nature of the entity I know as Turquoise, and I wonder if Q’uo would speak to whether enough has changed in my perception, in my environment, and my incarnation to be able to answer that query?

We make this entity smile, my sister. We are those of Q’uo, and we may say only that you are quite correct, that this matter is upon the cusp at this time, and that you are dealing with it in a brilliant manner. We are sorry that we cannot speak further at this time, but there is that which shall take place within your process before we are able to speak without infringement. We thank you, my sister.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you again for the lovely experience of sharing in your meditation. We pray you may go forth from this meeting in joy and in peace. We are always with you by request as you meditate, to strengthen your meditation and to make the room of silence just a bit more sturdy and safe. We are those of Q’uo. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai, adonai.

This morning I went over to my neighbor’s yard across the street and put birdseed on the ground under the bird feeders.

This afternoon I shoveled three loads of crushed rock from the corner of my next-door neighbors’ yard into my seed spreader and dumped the crushed rock at the end of my driveway. The snow removal company that I hired a few weeks ago to clear my driveway and parking areas put most of the combination of snow and crushed in this location, and most of it is still frozen from the cold weather of the last couple of weeks.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

February 15

The Kingdom Of Words

I am the spirit of the consciousness of Love, and I greet you in the name of Jesus the Christ.

There is a difficulty in the way in which we make ourselves known through this instrument. That difficulty extends to any who values too highly the citizens of the kingdom of words, for words do not equal understanding, nor is any number of words enough to grant the seeker entry to the kingdom of heaven.

When the spirit of Christ moves purely, It moves without concept and is, rather, the clean, clear wind of Logos, a Thought which remains unmanifest regardless of how many manifestations may shape themselves through free will from the living light furnished by Love.

Depend not upon words and, even more, depend not upon created words from within your own being, for there are many ways in which the seeker after truth may build houses which seem to hold truth, houses of words and concepts which rise high yet fall as would cards when the wind of the Spirit blows across the construction of your Earthly life.

Seek first the attitude change which comes from the contact with the Spirit of Love.

We wish you sublime and lasting peace, now and always. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.